m
■iliiiil
liiiiiiiiiil
:m\m
fiil|i||i:
lllljljiilp;
W$\
" "iiiiiiiiiliHiil:
^iilll
Jlr5,A.D. WKite.
Cornell University Library
Z685 .S67
++
Library planning, bookstacks and shelvin
3 1924 031 032 216
olln Overs
Cornell University
Library
The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924031032216
LIBRARY PLANNING
BOOKSTACKS and
SHELVING
BERNARD RICHARDSON GREEN, the inventor of the Library of Con-
gress bookstack, was born December 28, 1843 at Maiden, Massachusetts
and died October 22, 1914 at Washington, D. C. He was graduated from
the Lawrence Scientific School of Harvard University, in 1863, with the degree of
S.B. in Civil Engineering. The subsequent thirteen years were spent with
United States Engineer officers, constructing permanent fortifications in Maine,
New Hampshire and Massachusetts. From that time until his death Mr. Green
was in charge of the erection of large public buildings, among which are the
State, War and Navy Building, Army Medical Museum and Library, United
States Soldiers' Home Buildings, Washington Monument, Library of Congress,
Washington Public Library and the National Museum. During the last sixteen
years of his life, in connection with his other work, Mr. Green was in charge of
the Library of Congress as Superintendent of Building anj Grounds. J* ^
LIBRARY PLANNING
BOOKSTACKS and
SHELVING
V^ITU CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE
ARCHITECTS' AND LIBRARIANS'
POINTS OF VIEW
Illustrated
The Snead & Company Iron Works, Inc.
jersey city, new jersey, u. s. a.
The construction and designs illustrated
and described in this hook are protected
by Letters of Patent, oivned or controlled by
The Snead ^ Co. Iron Works, Inc.
Copyright, 1915, by
The Snead & Company Iron Works, Inc.
" Architecture Press "
The Gillespie Bros., Inc., Stamford, Conn.
FOREWORD
THIS BOOK is published for distribution among Architects, Librarians and Trustees,
to give general information regarding the planning of Ubrary buildings, specific facts
in connection with the problems of book storage, and details of the construction of
Snead Bookstacks, Shelving and other products.
The Snead & Company Iron Works began the manufacture of metal bookstacks when
they first came into use and have built the largest stacks in America, including those of the
Library of Congress, Ontario Legislative Library, New York Public Library and Widener
Memorial Library of Harvard University. We have also equipped many libraries in foreign
countries. As this is a highly specialized work, the experience gained in both large and small
installations is one of the Company's most valuable assets.
The manufacture of metal bookstacks is a development of the architectural and orna-
mental iron and bronze business established in 1849 at Louisville, Kentucky, by Charles S.
Snead, one of the pioneer iron founders of the United States. The Louisville plant was
destroyed by fire in 1898 and was subsequently re-established in Jersey City, N. J., where
the main office and works are now located. The business is owned entirely by the officers
actively engaged in its management.
Architects, trustees and librarians planning to install bookstacks, either in new buildings
or old, may call upon Snead & Company for layouts, estimates and advice, which will be
given either by correspondence or by the personal call of an expert. All that is asked in
return is an opportunity to submit a proposal and to demonstrate that it is to the owners,
best interest to use the Snead product.
It has been found more economical and satisfactory to have all domestic business con-
ducted directly from the main office rather than through branches or agencies. Business in
foreign countries is handled direct or through agencies, as may seem advisable. Correspond-
ence is therefore solicited.
THE SNEAD & CO. IRON WORKS, INC.
Cable address: "Snead, Jersey City.'
Western Union & A.B.C. 5th edit. Codes JERSEY CITY, N. J.
CONTENTS
PART 1— THE MODERN BOOKSTACK
Pagb
PRINCIPLES AND DEVELOPMENT 11
Prototype, Gore Hall stack — Advance in construction — Library of Congress stack com-
petition — Requisites for proper book storage — Sheet metal stacks — Features of Snead
Stack: Form of shelf supports, Construction of shelves, Method of finishing the metal.
SHELF SUPPORTS 18
End shelf supports or range fronts — Intermediate shelf supports or partitions — Simplicity
and compactness — Purposes served — Adjustment teeth — Horn locks — Architectural
design — Gray iron castings — Economical production — Advantages of cast iron over steel:
fire and rust resistance, finish retention — Snead Standard Stack details — Open construction
— No dust pockets — Combination cast iron and steel shelf supports — Inspection and testing.
SHELVES 27
Wood shelves unsatisfactory — Snead Open Bar shelf: convenience, lightness, strength, per-
fect adjustment, thorough ventilation, convenient accessories, flexibility, cleanliness —
Baked enamel finish, special colors — Extensive use of Snead Open Bar shelves — Sup-
porting pins — Solid plate shelf — Sohd fixed shelf, as fire and dust stop — Snead "Over-
Size" shelf — Snead Open Bar shelf with deep bars — Tests on Open Bar shelves, shelf
pins and horn locks — Tables and curves of strength and deflections for Open Bar shelves.
FINISH ON METAL WORK 31
Finish on movable parts — Finish on fixed parts — Air drying enamel, preferable to baked
enamel for fixed parts, wearing qualities, elasticity, renewal in place — Baked enamel on
fixed parts not renewable — Colors limited — Imitation wood effect not recommended.
SHELVING FOR SMALL LIBRARIES 33
Relative cost of metal and wood shelving — One-tier Snead Standard stacks, finish —
Provision for expansion: removable cornice, attachment of future deck framing — Fitting
stack around base boards and chair rails — Unit system base and cornice — Ledge ranges.
SPECIAL SHELVING 39
Rich effects possible with cast iron — Special finishes — Bronze powders — SHding shelves
— Periodical case with level and sloping shelves — Snead standing desk — Glass door
cases — Sliding wire door cases — Snead steel library shelving.
TOP FINISH 44
Conditions governing top finish — Flanged steel cover plate — Removable steel cornice —
Unit system cornice cover plate — Top angles — Cast iron cornice — Top clearance.
DECK FLOORS 46
Deck framing: strength, provision for electrical work — Deck flooring: perforated cast iron,
marble, glass and slate slabs. Bottom floors: concrete, terrazzo, marble, tile.
CONTENTS
Page
STAIRS AND RAILINGS 48
Straight stairs — Spiral stairs — Stair treads — Continuous newels — Window guards —
Stairs between ranges — Standard designs of plain and ornamental railings and fascias.
THE SNEAD NEWSPAPER STACK. 52
Similar to Snead Standard Stack — For large flat books — Sizes of newspaper volumes
— Shelf sizes — Ventilation — Compact construction — Minimum of dust collecting surfaces
— Open bar shelves: simple, easily adjusted, easy to clean, strong, books easily handled,
no injury to bindings — Disadvantages of roller shelves — Preservation of newspaper files
— Snead Unit System newspaper stack — Shelf lengths easily varied — Accommodation for
a few newspaper volumes — Double-faced book ranges used for newspapers — Finish.
BOOKSTACK FITTINGS 56
Book supports — Card frames for end shelf supports — Shelf label holders — Range indi-
cators — Back cHps — Portable book ledges — Back stops.
BRACKET STACKS 61
Snead Tubular Steel Bracket Stack — Snead Star Column Bracket Stack — Snead Cast
Iron Bracket Stack — Purpose of the designs — Construction, finish and relative cost.
STANDARD VS. BRACKET STACKS 66
Relative merits — Characteristic point of difference: form of shelves and shelf supports —
Use of the word "Standard" — Comparative costs — Appearance — Adjustment and security
of shelves — Bracket Stacks: fire, dust and water stops and cover plates lacking, projecting
members, wasted space, unsuitable for important buildings.
LAYING OUT A STACK ROOM .... 67
Governing conditions — Aisles — Location of uprights — Shelf lengths — Range sizes —
Ledge ranges — Stairs — Booklifts — Vertical (protected) deck slit — Wide bottom shelf,
its advantages — "Over-Size" sheKes — Regular and "Over-Size" shelves interchangeable.
WIDTH AND CAPACITY OF SHELVES 71
No definite rules — Compactness — Table of shelf widths and lineal foot capacities.
STANDARD DIMENSIONS 72
Tiers — Aisles — Stairs — Ranges — Cornices — Shelf supports — Adjustable shelves —
Fixed bottom shelves — Electrical arrangements — Deck floors.
PRICES OF STACKS 73
Form of inquiries — Price limits — Information required — Follow established standards.
TIER HEIGHTS 74
Basic principle — Galleries — Advantages of standard sizes — Relation to building floors.
STACK ENGINEERING 75
Stack a self supporting structure — Stack bracing walls — Diagonal bracing — Stack carrying
superimposed loads, floors and roofs — Strength of shelf supports — Reusing old stack —
Steel column construction — Distributed loads — Concentrated loads — Suspended stack —
Rooms and study alcoves in stack — Early consideration of engineering problems advisable.
CONTENTS
Page
FOUNDATIONS 81
Solid concrete mat — Separate footings — Continuous footings — Damp-proofing — Uniform
settlement — Air space under stack — Basement under stack — Firepi'oofing cellar columns.
STACK WEIGHTS 83
Dead loads — Live loads — Negligible difference in weight of standard and bracket stacks
— Books the principal weight factor — Typical plans and units weights for light, medium
and heav>' stack construction — Table of bookstack weights from one to twenty tiers.
STACK ROOM WALLS 86
Irregularities — Mouldings and trim — Backing on ranges — Attachment of stack to walls
— Curb angles — Wall brackets — Furring and insulating of walls.
NATURAL LIGHTING 87
Dark storage stacks — Smtill libraries — Window openings — Slit windows — Location of
ranges — Position of window heads — Prism glass — Aids to natural lighting.
ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING 91
Electricity and gas — Tungsten lamps — Carbon lamps — Lock socket bulbs — Special
reflectors — Marble and glass deck floors — Light control : chain pull switches, push button
switches, tassel switches, gang switches, "time-limit" switches, hinged bar switches — Spacing
of lights — Conduits and ducts — Responsibility for electrical work.
HEATING AND VENTILATING 94
Library of Congress system : bottom inlets, air filtration, fans, heating chambers, deck
slits, exhaust fans, hermetically sealed windows — System for small Hbraries — General
i-ules for atmospheric conditions — Insects destructive to books — Feasibility of fumigating
Snead Standard Stacks — Disinfecting individual volumes — Beebe carbo-gasoline method.
BOOKLIFTS, ELEVATORS AND OTHER STACK ACCESSORIES 96
Hand power and electric booklifts — Guide tubes used as speaking tubes — Location of
electrical machinery — Machinery enclosure — Systems of control: "One Point Control
with Signals," "Full Automatic Control," "Call Button Only" — Cars, removable shelves —
Location of booklifts — Electric elevators : sizes, safety devices — Book conveyors : con-
veyors in Library of Congress stack — Booklift and elevator enclosures: steel plates, wire
mesh, wire glass — Means of communication : pneumatic tubes, telautographs, intercom-
municating and automatic telephones — Pneumatic cleaning : stationary plants, portable
machines, "Plenum-vacuum" system.
UNDERGROUND BOOKSTACKS 100
Necessity — Expense — Preventing dampness — Regulating temperature — Avoiding con-
densation.
PARTIAL EQUIPMENT 101
Provision for growth — Three methods: installing lower tiers, instalHng portion of full height
stack, instaUing intermediate tiers — Electrical work — Temporary struts — Initial cost —
Cast iron and steel construction.
CONTENTS
Page
PART 2 — LIBRARY PLANNING
SOME ESSENTIALS OF LIBRARY DESIGN, by A. D. F. Hamlin, A. M., L. H. D 103
Three fundamental elements — Reference and circulating libraries — College, institute,
society libraries, etc. — Accommodations for books: alcove system, open shelf system, stack
system — Accommodations for readers, three features — Reading rooms : various kinds,
lighting, location — Provision for the staff — Trustees' and committee rooms — Heating,
ventilating, etc. — Preliminaries to building — Employment of experts — Competitions —
Estimates — Type of construction — Capacity — Elementary principles.
PLANNING A LIBRARY BUILDING, by Theodore W. Koch, M. A., 109
With Special Reference to Bookstacks
Growth of American libraries — Alcove type — Stack type — Architect and librarian —
Design — Considerations in planning: nature of building, type, size, class of books — Radial
stacks — Bound newspapers — Annual growth — Vacant shelf room — Build too large
rather than too small — Location of building — Extension — Summary.
SCIENTIFIC LIBRARY PLANNING, by Edward L. Tilton, Architect 113
Rules — Principles involved — Method of procedure, practical example — Division of
appropriation — Stacks below main floor level — Various rooms — Lighting — Width of
bays — Heating — Ventilating — Furniture — Metal shelving — Summary. Extracts from
an address by Mr. Tilton: Cost per cubic foot — Cost in relation to seating capacity —
Location of branch buildings — Interest and maintenance — Upkeep charges.
A LIBRARY BOOKSTACK IN THE DARK, by Bernard R. Green, C. E 118
Disadvantages of stacks with windows — Books in the dark — Possibilities and feasibility
of dark storage — Southeast court stack. Library of Congress — Economical administration
— Architectural advantages — Stack for 100 million volumes — Fire not a serious danger.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 120
PARTIAL LIST OF LIBRARIES HAVING SNEAD STACK INSTALLATIONS 121
Architect — Librarian — Year completed — Cost — Cubic foot contents — Cubic foot cost.
PART 3 — LIBRARY BUILDINGS, PLANS AND INTERIORS
Monumental Libraries 129
College, School and Seminary Libraries 159
Public Libraries 197
Parliamentary and State Libraries 241
Society and Institute Libraries ... 249
PART 4 — OTHER SNEAD PRODUCTS
Metal and glass museum cases — Steel storage shelving — Architectural and ornamental
iron work — Iron castings — Macdonald Roller Ramming and Pattern Drawing Molding
Machines — Foundry equipment 257
General Index . . . . 263 Buildings Illustrated ... 267 Architects Represented . . 270
SNEAD STANDARD STACK, TECHNOLOGY ROOM, NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY
Photograph taken before the installation of the adjustable shelves.
THE MODERN BOOKSTACK
PRINCIPLES AND DEVELOPMENT
1
s«
^S
^^^
/v^ rtgi
y
m
^^^S^^S^
HE prototype of the modern bookstack was designed in 1876 by
Professor William R. Ware, of Ware & Van Brunt, and Mr.
Justin Winsor, acting together as architect and librarian for the
extension of Gore Hall, the Library of Harvard College. A shell
was built of masonry walls pierced by rows of small windows and
carrying a roof supported by trusses. Into this were packed book
ranges, row on row, tier on tier, with only enough vacant space
to give access to the books. The aisles between the ranges were
28 inches wide and the tiers 7 feet high, allowing the topmost
of the seven rows of shelves to be easily reached. The stack was
six tiers high, self supporting throughout and depended on the building for protection only.
The vertical shelf supports were of cast iron open work, the deck framing of rolled wrought
iron, the deck flooring of perforated cast iron slabs and the shelves of wood, supported at the
ends by light zinc Z bars fitting into notches in the uprights. This Gore Hall stack was a dis-
tinct advance in compact permanent shelving and in it were laid the basic principles of stack
construction ; it was copied for a number of libraries, including the Boston Atheneeum, the
Surgeon General's at Washington, Amherst College and the University of Michigan.
No further advance of any importance was made in stack construction until the build-
ing for the Library of Congress at Washington was taken in hand in 1889 and the necessity
arose of providing shelving for millions of volumes. A system of storage on a large, com-
plete, thoroughly economical scale had not as yet been devised. The wood, or wood and iron
combinations which had hitherto been constructed were crude, bulky and inflammable, dusty,
close, overheated at the top, inconvenient of access, poorly lighted and unadaptable.
Librarians were dissatisfied and the theory of shelving on the stack principle had gradually
fallen into disrepute. Tall single tiers reached by ladders, or a few tiers arranged in alcoves
were attempted, but found inadvisable because of the extended area of administration, the
greater size required for buildings and gi'ounds and the resultant increase in cost of con-
struction and maintenance. Consequently the problem presented by the Library of Congress
was new in almost all its elements. The United States War Department assigned the con-
struction of the Library to a prominent civil engineer, Mr. Bernard R. Green. After an
exhaustive consideration of the needs of libraries and of new materials and manufacturing
resources available, Mr. Green prepared a full sized working model of a bookstack, accom-
[ 11 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
panied by drawings and specifications. He
then advertised for bids for the construction of
three nine-tier stacks containing 43 miles of
shelving with a capacity of 2,000,000 volumes.
The leading architectural iron manufacturers
of the country entered the competition and
the contract was awarded to the lowest bid-
der, The Snead & Co. Iron Works, then of
Louisville, Ky. Mr. Green's invention was a
success and has served as a model for all sub-
sequent stacks. This is due to its extreme sim-
pHcity and convenience, the attainment of a
minimum of space occupied by the materials
used and a maximum of space available for
books at a cost reduced to the lowest terms.
The Library of Congress stacks have been in
use for about twenty years; no part of the
great combination has given trouble or need-
ed repair and the whole is as perfect and ser-
viceable as when installed.
F.g. 1.
ORIGINAL GORE HALL BOOKSTACK
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
REQUISITES FOR PROPER BOOK
STORAGE
The prototype of the modern bookstack
The stack illustrated was not supplied by The Siiead 4' Co. Iron Works
A thorough study of the fundamental
requirements which govern the successful
storage of books in a large, growing library has resulted in the establishment of the following
rules. There should be :
Accommodation for books of every variety, shape and binding.
Direct and immediate access to every volume with a minimum distance to travel.
Location in close communication with cataloging, reading and delivery rooms.
Thorough illumination, either natural or artificial, by day and night.
A constant supply of fresh air and an evenly regulated temperature, in order to
prevent the deterioration of both paper and bindings.
The greatest possible freedom from dust.
Facilities for proper classification, arrangement and rearrangement.
Maximum development of book space and provision for indefinite expansion.
BOOKSTACK PRINCIPLES
The modern bookstack, as designed first by Mr. Green for the Library of Congress,
grew out of the scientific application of these requirements, and has proved itself to be the
most convenient, compact and economical method of storing books. Through its success
certain general principles of bookstack construction have come to be advocated:
1. Books are most advantageously shelved in tiers of double-faced parallel ranges, with
[ 12 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 2. Section through bookstack
and deck flooring showing vertical,
protected deck slit.
single-faced ranges along end walls ; radial ranges waste space and are costly. A row of shelf
compartments end to end constitute a range. A number of ranges side by side form a tier.
A series of superimposed tiers or an isolated tier forms a bookstack.
2. The height of each tier should be 7 feet or 7 feet 6 inches, preferably the former,
as every shelf is then accessible to a person of average height.
3. Between each two tiers there should be a thin deck floor
made of solid material, preferably white marble or, as a second
choice, glass. Along the face of each range and around the walls
should be an open space or deck sHt 2 or 3 inches wide for ventila-
tion, light and the safety of the lower rows of books from injury by
moving trucks or feet. Deck slits are protected by cui'bs about 1
inch high to prevent litter or articles being pushed off. By extend-
ing the bottom fixed shelf over the deck slit the opening is further
protected and accommodation is provided for extra large books.
See Fig. 2, also Fig. 106, page 69.
4. The stack tiers should be uniform in size and superimposed on each other in order
to secure convenience, interchangeability, greatest economy of space, best lighting and the
least expensive construction.
5. Main corridors should connect the aisles between the ranges of each tier and the
tiers should be connected vertically by means of stairs and lifts. Speaking tubes, telephones,
telautographs, pneumatic tubes and automatic book conveyors may also be used for commu-
nication and transportation.
6. The materials of
stack construction should
be non-combustible through-
out. The vertical shelf sup-
ports should be strong
enough to carry not only the
load of books, but also the
superimposed tiers, deck
floors and any overhead
loads, in order to eliminate
the use of large structural
columns within the stack
room.
7. All parts should be
simple and solid, with no in-
accessible pockets to harbor
dust or book pests. The con-
struction should be as open
as possible for lighting, ven-
tilation, cheerfulness and
supervision.
Fig. 3.
READING AND STACK ROOM, CINCINNATI, C PUBLIC LIBRARY
Illustrating alcove arrangement.
The stacks illustrated were not supplied by The Snead (§■ Co. Iron Works
[ 13 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 4. LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF NORTH STACK, LIBRARY OF CONGRESS,
WASHINGTON, D. C.
Fig. 5. PLAN OF NORTH STACK, LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. WASHINGTON, D. C.
[ 14 ]
i
Fig. 6. Section througl-
range front.
Fig. 7. Section through
partition.
Fig. 9. Plan and section of Open Bar shelf.
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
8. Fixed stack members that become a permanent part of the building require a pro-
tective covering that can be renewed. They should be finished after erection with aluminum
bronze, or some light reflecting enamel, preferably white or light grey. Adjustable shelves
are most economically and satisfactorily finished with baked enamel.
9. Shelf supports should be of open work design, thin,
flat and rigid, with stiffening ribs extending between the
shelves in order not to occupy valuable book space and
to make the stack as nearly as possible a stack of books.
10. Shelves should be easily adjusted, but
firm and immovable when in place, interchange-
able, thin for compactness, easily stowed away
when not in use, and of open bar construction
for cleanliness, strength, lightness and ventila-
tion. They should
neither require tools
for adjustment nor
have end brackets
or loose parts. A
smooth surface, permanently protected from cor-
rosion and free from sharp points or raw edges,
is required. Shelves are usually 8 inches or 10
inches wide and about 3 feet long.
11. Hermetically sealed windows in large
stacks are effective in making mechanical venti-
lation thorough and excluding dust. With such
windows, automatically closing doors and a fil-
tered air supply, the only dust which need be
contended with is that which comes from the
handling of the books.
12. Skylights will only illuminate one or
two top tiers. In high stacks there must be am-
ple side light if daylight is to be depended upon.
Windows should be as tall as possible and placed
opposite the range aisles. However, daylight is
irregular and its use often uneconomical and un-
necessary with proper electric light equipment.
13. The parts of the stack construction should be few, simple and proof against wear
and tear. There should be effective fire stops formed of solid steel plates between the shelves
of each two tiers to prevent the spread of fire in the books. Flanged cover plates over the
top ranges are advisable for keeping off dirt and preventing damage from a leaky roof or
ceihng.
14. Tables and ledges for work within the stack are often required, also book supports,
number plates, back stops, card frames and shelf label holders.
Fig
TRANSVERSE SECTION OF NORTH STACK.
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS,
WASHINGTON, D. C.
[ 15 ]
THE SNEAD AND
COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
OTHER STACK DESIGNS
The system of shelving designed for the
Library of Congress embodies all these gen-
eral principles. Designs have been made by
others based on the Library of Congress con-
struction, but in order to cheapen the product
and gain the market,certain essential features
have been altered and the results have not
proved successful. Thin sheet steel bent in a
hollow form has been substituted for the solid
cast iron shelf supports of the Green-Snead
stack, but at the expense of
compactness, strength, san-
itary design and openness
of construction. Adjustable
shelves have been made of
plain sheets of steel as a
substitute for Open Bar
shelves, but their hindrance
to ventilation, inconven-
ience in handling and use of accessories
and dust collecting tendencies have prevented
their meeting with approval in spite of reduced
cost. Also the baked enamel finish, permissible
for the shelves, has been applied to the fixed
parts of the construction, entailing the loss of
adaptability for renewal and repair, so neces-
sary in a permanent structure. For some
time the bracket type of stack with narrow post uprights and projecting shelves was popular
because of its novelty and cheapness. Continual use, however, emphasized its inconvenience,
ugliness, instability and lack of true economy, so that it is now rarely considered in competi-
tion with the Library of Congress standard type.
After twenty years of use the Snead Standard Stack still holds its own, unique in three
vital features which will be taken up in detail in the following pages :
Form of shelf supports.
Construction of the shelves.
Method of finishing the metal.
Fig. 11. Section tiirough
sheet steel intermedi-
ate shelf support.
Fig. 10. BRACKET STACK CONSTKli Tli i.\
Slack illustrated was nut supplied by The Snead tS' Co. Iron Works
[ 16 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 12.
BIBLIOTHEQUE ST-SULPICE, MONTREAL, QUEBEC
Unfinished stack skeleton without marble deck flooring or adjustable shelves.
SHELF SUPPORTS
THERE are two kinds of shelf supports: those at the ends, called Range Fronts and the
intermediate ones, called Partitions. Each of these is divided into two classes: double-
faced, for ranges accessible from both sides, and single-faced, for ranges accessible
from one side only. That side of a range front which serves to hold the shelves is similar to
a partition; the other side is designed to give a finished appearance.
Simplicity and compactness are gained by making the vertical shelf supports serve several
purposes: to support the adjustable shelves, to hold the books upright, to carry the deck floor
of the tier above and to carry the shelf supports of the superimposed tiers.
The shelf supports have rows of rounded blunt teeth on their front edges and horn locks,
formed from No. 16 strip steel, riveted to their central stiffening ribs to automatically lock
the shelves in place and allow of their easy adjustment at intervals of about 1 inch.
There are stock patterns for making four regular designs of range fronts, each of several
widths and heights, all illustrated in figures on pages 22 and 23. Special designs to conform
to any architectural requirements will be made if warranted by the size of the order.
Cast iron was the shelf support material selected by Prof. Ware for the first stack in Gore
Hall, Harvard University, and it was later used in an improved form for the Library of Con-
gress, the New York Public Library and the Widener Library of Harvard, besides many
of the other most important libraries in the country. Cast iron has several unique advantages
for bookstack shelf supports. From one pattern, by mechanically operated moulding machines,
an almost limitless number of identical shelf supports can be made, each having the same
adjustment teeth, stiffening ribs, rounded edges and corners, perforations for the distribution
of light and air, and the same mouldings and panels for architectural design. This wholesale
duplication cannot be done except by casting.
Cast iron is more resistant to fire or rust than wrought iron or steeV" and has an excel-
lent surface for holding an enamel finish. The shelf supports are simple. Each one extends
the width of a range and the height of a tier, and as a rule consists of a single casting.
They are solid with no inaccessible dirt pockets, and are compact in form, fitting between the
*Exlraet from Kidder's Architects and Builders Pocket Book.
(The most widely used work of reference
in the Architectural offices of the country.)
Page 729. "Cast Iron: As the result of tests and actual
experience in conflagrations it may he stated that unprotected
cast iron can stand practically unharmed up to a temperature
of 1300 or 1500 degrees F. while carrying very heavy loads,
even with the frequent applications of cold water while the
metal is at red heat." (Freitag).
"No building can be considered fireproof in which unpro-
tected iron or steel columns are used; but in many classes of
buildings unprotected cast iron columns might safely with-
stand any heat to which they would probably be exposed.
From a fire resisting point of view cast iron columns are un-
questionably preferable to steel columns when unprotected."
Extract from Skeleton Construction in Buildings.
By William H. Birkmire.
(A leading architectural engineering authority.)
Page 18. "Mild steel rusts faster than wrought iron at
first, then slower. Cast iron on the contrary slowly oxidizes
in damp situations; rust does not scale from it and oxidation
when formed is of much less dangerous kind, extending only
a httle way into the metal to about the thickness of a knife
bladr, then stops for good. Cast iron of goodly thickness
<jffers a far better resistance to fire or to fire and water com-
bined than wrought iron or steel."
[ 18 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 13. SECTION THROUGH SNEAD STANDARD STACK SHOWING DECK FLOOR AND PLAN
OF TYPICAL 16'' RANGES
[ 19 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
5cnLt I — -" ? -
P LOOK. LINE
KNU SHELF SUPPORT OR RAN(;E FROM
INIERMEDLAI F SHELF SUPPORT OR PARTITION
Hn. 11. SECTION THROUGH DECK FLOOR AND TYPICAL 16" RANGES
OF SNEAD STANDARD STACK
[ 20
LIBRARY PLANNING- BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
JTCEL CORfllCE COVER PLftTt
ADJUSTABLE 3HtLVE5 ,
l\
?
'^ STOOL
^
/
Cfi3T 1R.0fl I/4TE R.MEDI ATE 3«tLF'
Support or partition
\A\~7 FIXED BOTTOM MI^ PART!TIO/(
^^ 5T EEL SriCLT^^V 11/^ STOOL
5Cfl L E l= « ^r. J mm ^—- ^ IhCHEJ
P- LOOK. L !/1 t
Fig 15. SECTION THROUGH DECK FLOOR, SHOWING SIDE ELEVATION OF
TYPICAL RANGES OF SNEAD STANDARD STACK
[ 21 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
DD
DD
DO
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
HOLES rOKATTACHMtNT or
rUTVKE DI.CtLrLO01i.Tli-tl*ms
DtCtTLOOR.
HAKGING CARD
fRAML
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DO
00
00
00
00
00|
DDi
DO
DO
bo
DO
DO
DD
DO
DO
DO
DO
DO
;ard rtwiit.s
10"
12"
Fig. 16.
16"
COLONIAL DESIGN
20"
24"
DD
DD
OD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
-CAIU) FTlAmtJ
*1DL nxiD
tOTTO* 6HtU
t
DD
DO
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
DO
DO
DD
DO
DO
DO
DD
DO
DO
DD
DGD
ODD
ODD
ODD
DOO
ODD
000
DDG
ODD
ODD
ODD
ODD
DOO
ODD
000
DOO
DOD
000
000
000
DOG
DOO
DO
DD
do'
DD
OOl
DO
00
00
DO
00
00
OD
DO
CD
OD
GO
OD
DO
00
00
OO
00
00
DO
OD
00
DO
OD
DD
OD
DO
DD
OD
DO
OD
OO
DO
00
GO
DO
00
00
00
GO
DDO
000
ODD
DOO
000
000
ODO
000
DOOnr
ooof
0001
DOO
DOG
ODD
000
000
DOO
ODO
ODO
000
000
DOO
ODD
DOO
ODD
ODO
ODD
000
DOD
ODO
lODO
lODO
ODD
ODD
DOO
DDO
000
ODO
ODD
ODO
000
000
ODD
ODD
10'
16"
DESIGN
20"
Fig. 17. COLONIAL DESIGN Fig. 18. COLUMBIA
STOCK PATTERNS AND STANDARD SIZES OF SNEAD STANDARD STACK RANGE FRONTS
The various types of top finish, electrical arrangements and card frames shown are applicable to each of the different range
fronts. The standard heights are 7'-0'' and 7'- 6". The widths of ranges are designated by the widths of the adjustable
shelves contained therein; if single-faced, by the width of one shelf; if double-faced, by the width of two shelves. The actual
range widths are I" to J" greater than these dimensions, as shown on page 20.
[ 22 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
H0Lt3 fOK. ATTACtDAtHT Of
ruTVKt BLCt. TLOOU TIUMIMG
a-
CA5T BRONZE
■OKHAMLNTAV,
CARb rRAM!L
8
Fig. 19.
10"
12" 16" 20"
SOLID PANELED DESIGN
Similar design with Gothic detail also furnished.
' !S
OO
OO
OO
loo
GO
GO
OO
po
'oo
OO
loo
po
po
po
loo
jOO
loo
|OC
po
loo
loo
t
i
^ S i
mmmamm
\'
"^l!B
SO
o
jiO
O!
ic
O!
io
Oi
Po
OS
8
Of
Oj
feo
■^i
ic
i
oi
^o
ol
tlO
oi
fiO
oN
80
03
o
■^n
iO
oy
o
\
O (1
i;:i
o
o
OS
so
ob
Bo
o;
|o
! "
Q
24"
8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24"
Fig. 20. CLASSICDESIGN
STOCK PATTERNS AND STANDARD SIZES OF SNEAD STANDARD STACK RANGE FRONTS
The various types of top finish, electrical arrangements and card frames shown are applicable to each of the different range
fronts. The standard heights are 7'-0" and 7'- 6". The widths of ranges are designated by the nominal widths of the adjustable
shelves contained therein : if single-faced, by the width of one shelf; if double-faced, by the width of two shelves. The actual
range widths are Y' to I* greater than these dimensions, as shown on page 20.
[ 23 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fis. 21.
COLONIAL DESIGN RANGE FRONTS
Top tier of stack room, Delaware State Capitol, Dover, Del.
Fig. 22. COLUMBIA DESIGN RANGE FRONTS
View in top tier of stack room, Library of Hawaii, Honolulu, sliowin^ stack supporting floor of open air reading
room above.
[ 2-1 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 23.
SOLID PANELED DESIGN RANGE FRONTS
Seminar room, Lincoln Hall, University of Illinois, Urbana, 111.
Fig. 24.
CLASSIC DESIGN RANGE FRONTS
Stack room of the College of Physicians, Philadelphia, Pa.
[ 25 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
STtEL COLUMN
STEEL
nORH LOCK
Fig. 25.
RANGE FRONT Fig. 26. PARTITION
Isometric views showing the construction of range front and partition with structural steel columns.
ends and backs of the shelves, with a loss of but :^ inch of book space in each shelf length.
The iron used for shelf supports is mixed by chemical analysis to obtain the maximum
strength and toughness. Each casting is carefully inspected and tested before it leaves the
factory and typical samples of the various patterns are sent, from time to time, to the Arsenal
at Watertown, Mass., to have their ultimate strength determined on the 800,000 lb. U. S.
Government testing machine. By these precautions the stability of every stack is absolutely
assured.
Occasionally manufacturing and engineering conditions arise which make it advisable to
use a combination of cast iron and structural steel for the shelf supports. See Figs. 25 and 26.
In such cases the shape and appearance are the same as when cast iron is used exclusively
and no feature is affected which concerns either the architect or hbrarian.
[ 26 ]
SHELVES
Up to about twenty years ago book shelves were commonly made of flat wooden boards,
but these met with disapproval on account of inadequate ventilation and the quantity
of dust that collected upon them and ground the bottom edges of the books. Attempts
were made toward an improved shelf of open work construction and some of the simpler of
these showed a distinct advance towards scientific book storage. It became evident that the
solution of the problem lay in that direction.
This is how matters stood when the contract was taken up for the adjustable shelves in
the bookstacks erected by Snead & Co. in the Library of Congress. Specifications were
drawn calling for bids on open work shelves to fit in the shelf supports already provided.
Bids were submitted by manufacturers from all parts of the United States and about sixty
samples were shown. The contract was awarded to Snead & Co. who submitted a shelf con-
sisting of light n shaped parallel bars. This shelf was pronounced the best, even by the other
competitors, none of whom have ever since attempted to manufacture their own inventions.
The Snead Open Bar shelf is designed for convenience, lightness, strength, perfect ad-
justability and to give the books thorough ventilation. The bars are gently curved on top so
that they wall leave no impression on the books. They are made of bright polished strip steel
with a surface as smooth as glass. Their form
allows the use of several convenient stack ac-
cessories: rigid book supports and back stops,
which lock between any two bars, also label
holders which lock around the shelf bars
and cannot be dragged off by books. The
Open Bar shelf permits the circulation of air
and has a certain flexibility which allows it to
bear on the four points of support without
rattling, no matter how heavily loaded, just
as the springs of an automobile allow the load
to rest partly on each of the four wheels.
Dust cannot grind the bottoms of the books
as it falls between the bars as soon as a book
is moved. Dust is easily cleaned from the tops
of books but cannot be cleaned from a solid
shelf without first removing the books. Each
shelf is complete in itself and there are no
bolts, pins or other movable parts for which
Fig. 27. SNEAD OPEN BAR SHELVES IN PLACE One has to search or feel.
[ 27 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
PERSPECTIVE DETAIL
or THE
SNEAD STANDARD STACK
Fig. 28. VIEW SHOWING SECTION THROUGH DECK FLOORING, FIXED BOTTOM SHELF AND
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
The supporting pins riveted into the front corners of the adjustable shelves are stag-
gered so that two shelves in adjoining compartments can rest on the same shelf support tooth.
The shelves are usually finished with baked black rubber japan, having an eggshell gloss
surface. This gives a hard, handsome and durable protective covering. The dull black shelves
harmonize well with any color scheme, but if desired, arrangements can be made for supply-
ing shelves of special colors.
The Snead Open Bar shelves have been used for over 95 per cent, of the Snead stack
contracts. For the balance solid plate shelves have been supplied. These are made from
pickeled, cold rolled and patent leveled steel plates having a smooth even surface. They are
flanged on all four edges to obtain the requisite stiffness and adjust in the same manner as
the Open Bar shelf. It is customary to finish these also in black rubber japan.
Metal shelves have supplanted wooden shelves in the modern hbrary, as suitable wood
is now more expensive and is not so strong, durable or safe.
At the bottom of each shelf compartment a solid fixed shelf extends from one side of
the range to the other and forms a structural feature of the bookstack, being secured to the
shelf supports to hold them at the proper spacing. The fixed shelf serves as a fire and dust
[
LIBRARY PLANNING-, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
stop between tiers and is necessary for the protection of the books on the shelves below.
This purpose of the fixed shelves cannot be properly fulfilled by adjustable shelves, as is evi-
dent from an inspection of the multiple tier bracket stack shown in Fig. 104, page 64. As a
rule, when horizontal deck slits are used the top of the fixed shelf is 2 inches above the
deck floor level, and with vertical deck slits 4 inches.
SNEAD "OVER-SIZE" SHELF
When classification makes it necessary to store both large and small books in the same
range, extension shelves are provided for the over-size volumes as shown in Fig. 29. These
shelves are like the regular shelves, except that the corner pins are set further back on the
ends in order that they will engage in the teeth of the shelf supports. They are supplied in
various standard widths as required. To keep a shelf from tilting forward, when the pro-
jection is extreme, back clips may be used to hold down the back edge. See Fig. 96, page 59.
SNEAD OPEN BAR SHELF WITH DEEP BARS
Several times within the past few years there has been a call for an Open Bar shelf
which would carry excessive weights much greater than those to which the ordinary library
shelf is subjected. To meet this requirement an Open Bar shelf has been constructed in
which the bars are of greater depth than those generally employed. The increase in strength
and stiffness is shown in both the table and the chart on page 30.
TESTS ON SNEAD OPEN BAR
SHELVES, SHELF PINS
AND HORN LOCKS
The following tests, conducted by the
Engineering Department of Columbia Uni-
versity, New York City, will serve to illustrate
the strength of Snead Open Bar shelves. A
comparison of curves "C" and "A" in Fig.
30 shows a marked advantage of the deep bar
shelf over the shallow bar shelf of the same
length. Curves "B" and "A" show a shelf
3 feet 6 inches long with deep bars to be
stronger than a shallow bar shelf only 3 feet
in length. Note, in the following table, that
the Elastic Limits of these shelves are several
times in excess of the loads which they would
ever have to carry in a library.
That shelf pins and horn locks are of suf-
ficient strength to carry the shelf when loaded
to its Ultimate Strength was proved by these
SNEAD " OVER-SIZE " SHELF parts remaining in good order after the shelves
Showing 8" and 12" books in the same range. had failed uudcr thc Maxlmum Load.
Fig. 29.
[ 29 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND DEFLECTIONS FOR SNEAD OPEN BAR SHELVES
1 " "
10"
! 9 Bars, five-ei
1 (
SIZE OF SHELF
< 3'-0
ghths
A)
inch deep
10" X 3' -6"
9 Bars, three-quarters inch deep
(B)
Concentrated Distributed load
center load, over entire shelf,
in pounds in pounds
10" X 3'-0"
9 Bars, three-quarters
(C)
inch deep
DEFLECTION
' Concentrated
center load,
in pounds
Distributed load i
over entire shelf,
in pounds
Concentrated
center load,
in pounds
Distributed load
over entire shelf,
in pounds
,^.- inch
20
40
30
60
40
80
1
40
80
60
120
80
160
M)
160
90
180
130
260
1
110
220
120
240
180
360
5 (t
130
260
160
320
230
460
s
170
340
190
380
280
560
1 tl
210
420
220
440
320
640
1
240
480
250
500
370
740
Elastic Limit
380
760
450
900
490
980
Ultimate Strength
510
il
1020
500
1000
540
1080
Note: When shelves are to be extra heavily loaded, they are given a slight upward camber. This bend takes care of the
deflection and causes the shelf to become level when loaded.
'WEIGHT
.
looo'
SCO
U-
_l
^ TOO
O
g
o 50 O
I- 400'
30 o"
200*
IQO
/
^
c
/
/
f
/
f)
/
y
■^
A
/
/
y
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
//
/
//
/
//
/
/
/
/
/
A
/
/
'
J
y
/
//
/
'
//
A = 10" JHELF WITH 3-%"DEEP
DAR5 J-0"LONG
5 -lO'^JHELF WITH S-^z-t'DELP
DAR.5 3-6' LONG
C = 10" 3HELF WITH 9- VDEEP
5ARi 3-0- LONG
/
//
/y
^
/ ^
f
/
/
V fe" >i6' V "4" %" i-it" V V %" % *t' % V %■ '■'
DEfLtCTlON
5HE.LF
PIN-
iHELF?
ID
1/
CL
Fig. 31.
DIAGRAM OF TEST ON SHELF PIN
In four separate tests conducted as shown
in Fig. 31, shelf pins showed an average Ulti-
mate Strength of 375 pounds each.
-ifiiin
Fig. 32. DIAGRAM OF TEST ON HORN LOCK
In four separate tests conducted as shown
in Fig. 32, horn locks showed an average Ulti-
mate Strength of 330 pounds each.
These tests show that each horn lock and shelf pin is capable of sustaining more than
share of the total distributed load carried by any of the above mentioned shelves
Fig. .30. DEFLECTION OF SNEAD OPEN BAR SHELVES
its
[ 30 ]
FINISH ON METAL WORK
LIBRARY bookstacks, being built of iron and steel, have to be given some kind of
pi'otective covering to prevent rusting. When properly applied, the protective covering
can be made to give a handsome effect and also increase the serviceableness of the
shelving by forming smooth, light reflecting surfaces.
A unique feature of the Snead Standard Stack is the method of finishing the metal.
The adjustable shelves are dipped in dull black japan and baked in ovens at the shop, but all
fixed parts are painted by hand after erection and finished with air drying enamel or bronze.
The method of dipping and baking is economical and permissible for such movable parts as
shelves, which are little exposed and which can be shipped away for refinishing if necessaiy.
Pigment colored enamel may be used for the shelves if desired but black japan is better as
it has an asphaltum base which can be baked
extremely hard under a high temperature and
the rubber colored finish does not readily show
scratches.
Only an air drying finish should be used
on the fixed parts of a stack in monumental
and permanent buildings. It is better than
baked enamel because it is equally hard when
thoroughly dry, is more elastic and can be re-
paired or renewed in place. Aluminum bronze
is particularly recommended on account of its
durability, velvet -like texture and excellent
light reflecting qualities. No finish that can
be applied to metal will last as long as a sub-
stantial building. Exposed parts are bound to
show the wear of use and the scars of accidents.
A stack with fixed parts finished in baked en-
amel is liable to injury in shipment and erec-
tion, grows more shabby from year to year and
the enamel chipped off leaves unprotected
metal. The baking process cannot be repeated
after the members are erected and attempts at
repairing by other methods are entirely un-
satisfactory. Only a few darker colored baked
enamels are durable or practicable. Air drying
Fig. 33. CAST IRON RANGE FRONT GRAINED TO fiulshes, however, may be had in any color
HARMONIZE WITH OAK _ ' . . .
As a rule, metal finished in imitation of wood is not recommended. required but white Or light gray IS the bcSt.
[ 31 ]
<
y
CQ
a-
id.
o
z
Q
Z
M
td
K
H
«
o
o
o
K
o
g
5
<
•43 a;
^ o
>. o
■■a -a
J3
SHELVING FOR SMALL LIBRARIES
M'
ETAL shelving has entirely supplanted wood for stacks more than one tier high and
is now rapidly taking its place for small installations of wall shelving or a few double-
faced ranges. Good lumber is expensive, while the price of iron products has been
dropping with improvements in methods of production. As a consequence the best metal
shelving may now be purchased for no more than first class wood work, provided special con-
struction and unusual sizes are not required. Aside from all considerations of cost, metal
shelving is preferable on account of its fireproof qualities, durability, compactness and conven-
ient adjustment. The warping and cracking of wood and the liability of its being scarred in
use cause constant expenditure for the upkeep of wooden shelving.
Shelving but one tier high can be made to receive a future second tier, if desired. In
this case the cornice is removable and may be used again on the completed stack; and the
necessary holes in the uprights, for the attachment of the future deck floor construction,
are also provided. See Fig. 37.
The shelf supports of wall shelving may be cast with notches to fit over the base board
and chair rail and close against the wall so that the use of steel backing plates, which form
inaccessible dirt pockets back of the case, is unnecessary. In this way the wall forms a
backing for the books, ex-
pense is saved, and ranges
can be made more compact
than if backing plates are
used.
The stacks for one tier
installations may be finished
either at the shop or after
erection. The latter saves
some expense in packing
and avoids the liability of in-
juring the enamel by hand-
ling. The work of finishing
after erection can be done
by any first class painter fol-
lowing directions furnished
and with this method it is
easy to have the stacks con-
Fig. 35. CHILDREN'S ROOM. NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY form to any color scheme
Low 9" shelving around walls. Special design ends and ia.st iron cornice. Similar low shelving, usually _. . ,
about 4'- 6" high, can be furnished of the designs shown on pages 22 and 23. OeSireQ.
[ 33 ]
to
m
CV
(^
T1
t-
C
o
^
W
(^
0^
'r\
-c
hr
bri
m
a
«
j:
c
W
"c3
P
c
1^
D
(-1
- — -
j=,
?r
,
w
o
-C
to
o
z
<
w
b
'cft
W
'-H
dj
«
«o
X
a
Lj
w
H
0)
o
<
D
fc
w
t.
u^
H
w
a
w
>
OJ
3
J
W
>
0)
o
K
tn
u
^
'■M
Q
S
-C
fcj
;s
a
"a
a.
o
w
a;
a,
0)
3
!-i
w
w
o
^
KJ
^
c
QJ
^
o
c
bD
[ti
w
J
o
CQ
U
<:
^
>
hfi
^
o
C
§
a
UJ
r^
c
oi
M-I
^
X
q=
O
^
-^
>
tii
_C
u
Id
W
<
o
z
<
Q
rri
3
M-l
^
■^
«
<
C
t^
Q
^
_c
O
cfl
biJ
'J,
!l)
*j
rt
ti.
nl
(h
o
0)
(h
w
-J-
_c
J
w
s
o
2
t4
HH
T5
I/l
01
■n
n
&
a
00
<u
!3
>
i
tn
11
X
sc
O
C/J
2
o
O
C
rn
O
W
!fl
a
'J)
Q
r/}
-o
w
-n
«
3
J
( )
d
w
z
-<
Oh
2
Pi
o
r 1
C
Tl
01
Q
Q
<-!-.
o,
'-'
z
<
c
O
o
en
M
[->
urj
r/1
-o
O
<
c
Cvl
-G
^
^
S
n3
CO
bB
c«
.,r!
(i
;^
Cfi
r
f/i
a
H
2
13
3.
n
w5
K
0)
.2
H
S
yi:
S
o
U
o
^
"q3
In
c/:)
^
Q
M-l
o
rv
<
Q
,n
^
;^
p=
>i
<Tl
3
fl)
H
b
2i
1
z
<
^
■o
rn
W
c
;2
H
i/i
rn
0;
U
tyj
Q
3
-1
ti
<
8
Z
^
O
—
o
s
o
oj
bo
u
3
>
CO
o
-M
0)
'3
"3
w
^
o
<D
i!
f-
o
o
'^
o
0)
O
.J2
o
o
3
cd
|S
cd
2;
y
o-
^
E
t*^
c
o
o
t"!
Q
C-'
.2
_G
OJ
;o
J
o
'/f
t:
o
0)
-^
T3
n <
nn
c
0)
»fe
rt
cd
TD
hf)
>
>- w
<D
t/i
<l)
QJ
3
CO
« m
m
o
_o
o
Tt
< J
rJLl
;->
-Q
2 -
OJ
o
o
E
O
W 2
«
H
v;
-M
^2
:3
CD
5
'£
0^
a;
M
-a
C-f
6
c
1
C
cd
H
0)
-*;j'
'<
>>
K
be X
O
^
o
W
ca
^
IS
o
rt
-a
c
CQ
<D
w
£
ca
-C
0)
<
bjo
o
>
s
01
" " 8 «i
O ■" O
Q .2 °
'-'
JD
i-
^
c
cd
<
Cfi
JS
0)
Of
<D
0,
_c
a>
D
T3 C •«
QJ C m
111
g o >■
5^ §
-a ^
h^
(7}
^
OJ
C
J=!
z
w
1
TS
>
5;
0)
2
'T3
C
CO
uo
cd
0)
c
£
CO
T3
cu
'E
OJ
a
D
be
"in
"3
CD
OJ
■75
C/}
bu
cd
0)
1-
<
Z
-13
C
cd
CO
0*
en
CO
X
j=
Tn
b(i
D
,S
:£
OJ
c
a
-a
a.
-+
c
cd
;h
Cd
m
a:
d
lo
OJ
S
OJ
bij
OJ
u
CO
QJ
C
^Q S
cu OJ
-3 00
t; „ .5 E-, H
t S ffl
E
E
O O <+H CO >
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 42.
AMERICAN CIRCULATING LIBRARY, MANILA, P. I.
mmB
i,;3asss=W«
Double-faced ranges, with removable steel cornice, prepared to receive additional tiers if the library is moved into
a new building.
Fig. 43.
RHODE ISLAND MEDICAL SOCIETY, PROVIDENCE, R.
Wall ranges, with Unit System base and cornice.
[ 37 ]
SPECIAL SHELVING
SOMETIMES it is desired to make a bookstack of a special design to meet particular
architectural requirements or conditions of use. The system of using cast iron for the
uprights gives unsurpassed opportunities for producing rich effects, without excessive
cost, on account of the ease with which a pattern is duplicated. In this way the architects'
personality can be worked into the design of an exposed stack, thus enhancing the artistic
character of a building. Once the pattern is made, range fronts of special design (see Frontis-
piece opposite page 11 and Figs. 44 and 47 on pages 38 and 40) cost no more per pound than
those from regular stock patterns. With cast iron, all ornamentation is actually part of the
structure and is not merely applied as in the case of sheet metal; furthermore, the uprights
have a solid, substantial appearance rather than the "tinny" look of sheet metal construction.
With stacks of special design, it is usually necessary to employ finishes which will har-
monize well with the interior treatment of the rooms in which the work is located. This is
not always practicable with sheet steel construction which is necessarily finished with
baked enamel; with cast iron construction, however, the air-drying finishes applied after
the stack is erected make it possible to obtain
any tone of color or any combination of colors
which may be desired. Bronze powders of
various kinds are available which, when used
on well finished cast iron, produce particularly
attractive effects, preserving the interesting
texture and metallic quality of the surface cov-
ered. A bronze finish of particular merit is
obtained by using a gold bronze stippled with
dark brown and a touch of green. This finish,
while in no way an imitation, gives an effect
which resembles old bronze.
When shelving or equipment of a special
size is required and the quantity does not
justify making new patterns to produce the
work in cast iron, it may be made of cold
rolled steel plates. With standard dies and
mechanical equipment, it is possible to form
sheet steel members in a wide variety of sizes
at a moderate expense. For the sake of econ-
Fig. 45. SLIDING SHELVES. NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY omy and in Order to coat the interior surfaces
Ends of main stack room are equipped for storage of maps and prints, of holloW memberS, all sheet Steel WOrk IS
either loose or in boxes. Shelves slide in grooves with rollers to prevent £ • 1 J . j.1 I -j.! U 1 1 1
jamming. In a simpler form, rollers are omitted and shelf spacing fixed. finished at the ShOp With baked eUamel.
[ 39 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
JHCTION THMUGH BOTTOW
ShtlT.
Fig. 46. PERIODICAL CASE, HARTFORD, CONN., MEDICAL SOCIETY
Cold rolled steel finished in baked enamel. Level shelves, just below sloping shelves, permit
back numbers to be compactly stored close to current numbers. As seen in the above sketch, all
shelves are so constructed as to allow their being set either level or sloping.
Fig. 47. PATENTS ROOM, NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY
Range fronts, cornices, stairway and railings are of special design, made expressly for the Now
York Public Library. Reading tables have been placed in the open space directly in front of
the stack ranges, affording convenient working space in close proximity to the open shelves
[ 40 J
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 48. SUPREME COURT LIBRARY, WISCONSIN STATE CAPITOL
Unit system of construction. Cast iron cornice and steel base designed so that length of ranges
may be altered by changing the number of shelf compartments. This special design is more costly
than unit system with steel cornice shown on page 35.
Fig. 49. SNEAD STANDING DESK, ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE LIBRARY.
View in office of the Assistant Librarian. Snead Standing Desks, either single-faced or
double-faced, are equipped with open bar or solid plate shelves as desired. These are adjust-
able at intervals of l'' and lock in place in the same manner as in the regular bookstack
construction. The sloping counter is fitted with a grooved ridge along the top for pencils,
pens, etc. In the background is shown a Unit System wall range with ledge. A better view
of this type of range is shown in Fig. 41 on page 36.
[ 41 ]
< bo
O
ca
a.
S fe
2; o .
o tj
„' -a <u
O » -s
O ^
s -^
a: oj
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
|c?=3^=!^r
END ELEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
SECTION
PLAN
Fig. 52. DETAILS OF SNEAD STEEL LIBRARY SHELVING
This shelving is made of fine cold rolled steel plates, in any size required, and is finished with baked
enamel. It is used throughout the miscellaneous rooms of the Widener Library at Harvard.
Fig. 53. PHIPPS PSYCHIATRIC INSTITUTE, BALTIMORE, MD.
This illustration shows free-standing, double-faced ranges made of cold rolled steel plates, the construc-
tion being similar to that described above, in Fig. 52. Usually, this construction is considerably cheaper
than the regular Snead Standard Stack with cast uprights.
[ 43 ]
TOP FINISH
THE tops of ranges, over which there is no present deck floor, may be finished in any
of five different methods. Each finish has been designed to fulfill the requirements
of a definite condition: for a stack supporting superimposed loads, for a stack planned
with an idea of future expansion or for a finished stack over which there is to be no future
construction. They are as follows:
FLANGED STEEL COVER PLATE
The ranges of a tier intended to re-
ceive one or more superimposed tiers are
provided at the top with flanged steel cover
plates to tie together the shelf supports
and to serve as the bottom fixed shelves of
the future tier above. These flanged plates
make a neat utilitarian finish and serve to
protect the books from large accumula-
tions of dust and other injury. They per-
mit the next tier being added with no
disturbance to work in place.
F.R. 54.
FLAXGKI) STEEL COXEI! PI ATE
REMOVABLE STEEL CORNICE
If it is desired that an incomplete
stack have a more finished appearance,
until the future tiers are added, a tempo-
rary cold drawn steel cornice can be at-
tached to the flanged steel cover plates
described in the preceding paragraph.
This cornice is made with mitred and
welded corners so that it will stand moving
and may be used again on the completed
stack.
Fig. 55.
RF.MOVABLK STEEL CORNICE
[ 44 ]
Library planning, bookstacks and shelving
UNIT SYSTEM CORNICE
COVER PLATE
A completed stack is usually finished
with steel cover plates pressed along the
sides into a cornice form, corresponding to
the cast cornices on top of the shelf supports.
This is less costly than the removable steel
cornice construction.
Fig. 56.
UNIT SYSTEM CORNICE COVER PLATE
Fig. 57.
TOP ANGLES
Fig. 58.
CAST IRON CORNICE
TOP ANGLES
A stack carrying a floor above is usu-
ally left open on top to facilitate the con-
nection of the floor beams with the stack
uprights. 1^ inch steel angles are bolted to
the upper corners of the shelf supports and
hold them in proper spacing.
CAST IRON CORNICE
Where architectural considerations re-
quire decoration on a cornice or fine sharp
mouldings, cast iron is used. A cast cornice
may be designed as desired and it makes a
more substantial, solid appearance than steel,
but at a greater cost. The cornice can be
built in unit sections to permit alteration in
the length of the ranges as shown in Figs. 48
and 322 on pages 41 and 247. Soffit plates
forming a ceiling to the compartments are
frequently used with cast iron cornices and
may be used with the steel cornice also.
TOP CLEARANCE
A space of one or two inches is usually left between the top finish of the ranges and the
ceifing of the stack room so as to permit the connection of the cover plates or cornice to the
shelf supports.
[ 45 ]
STACK FLOORS
DECK FRAMING
DECK floors are one of the characteristic features of a bookstack. They consist of
thin slabs of marble or glass supported on all four edges by light framework. The
upper sides of the slabs form the deck floor surface and the under sides the ceiling
of the tier below. Those edges of the slabs which are adjacent to deck slits or other open-
ings are bordered by curb angles projecting about 1 inch above the slabs to prevent dust
and litter on the floor from falling through the openings. The framing consists of rolled
steel angles, T's and bars. Channels and I beams are avoided as much as possible, as their
lower flanges catch dust. The main girders of the floor framing are bolted to the vertical
shelf supports, and supported by them. Girders adjacent to masonry walls are usually
anchored at intervals of about 8 feet so as to tie walls and stack together.
The weights and sections of the floor framing members are varied to suit different spans
and floor loads, the framing being designed to make the decks as compact as possible and
to give the maximum head room below. The strength must be sufficient to prevent any
noticeable deflection or vibration, which tends to open the joints between the floor slabs and
derange the construction of the stack. The framing is usually made strong enough to carry
a live load of from 40 to 75 lbs. per square foot over and above any dead load. When f
inch glass slabs are used for flooring the usual thickness from the top of the glass to the
bottom of the framing is 3^ inches. When l^ inch marble slabs are used the thickness is
4 inches. These figures allow 5 inch for the cement bedding. Holes for the passage of hori-
zontal conduits carrying electric wires may be drilled through the floor bars at the shop so
that electric light fixtures can be placed close against the soffit of the floor slabs, leaving ample
head room beneath. See Fig. 24 page 25. This method makes the neatest construction.
DECK FLOORING
Flooring for bookstack decks should be non-combustible, solid, noiseless and easy to keep
clean. It should either transmit or reflect light, and be strong enough to sustain stack room
loads unsupported except along the four edges of each slab. Wood should never be used as
it is highly inflammable, noisy, a veritable dirt collector, and absorbs light. The first stack
flooring in general use was made of perforated cast iron slabs for the sake of ventilation and
light transmission. This type was soon abandoned however, because of its costHness, its
propensity for sifting dust onto the aisles beneath and because the invention of deck slits
made perforated slabs unnecessary for ventilation.
White marble and rough plate glass are the only materials that have given satisfaction.
Of the two, marble is preferable. It is stronger, handsomer, feels better under foot and is
a better reflector of light than glass. Pure white marble is expensive and difficult to keep
clean. That most commonly used for stack decks is blue-white in color, does not readily
[ 46 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
show foot marks and gives sufficient reflection. For strength, compactness and reasonable
cost, I5 inch is the best thickness. The slabs are thoroughly bedded in especially prepared
cement, with even, neatly pointed joints, and are given a fine sand-rubbed finish on both
sides. See Figs. 107 and 152, on pages 70 and 146, showing marble floors.
In skylighted stacks, glass has one advantage over marble: it will allow light rays to pass
down through one or two stack decks. Glass slabs are as a rule 5 inch thick, never less.
They should be cast on a heavily sanded table to obtain a surface that obscures vision and
makes a fair footing. The sand-blasted glass sometimes used is not so good as it collects
more dust and becomes nearly black with use. Properly bedded in special cement on a firm
steel framework f inch glass gives sufficient strength for stack room use though it may
crack if a heavy object is dropped upon it. Where conditions require special strength and
prohibit the use of marble, 1 inch glass slabs or f inch wire glass slabs may be used.
Formerly, glass was sometimes laid smooth side up to show straight cut edges and
expose a surface easily kept clean. This practice was abandoned later because - owing to
the waviness of the top surface - it was impossible to lay adjacent slabs with flush tops, and
because persons walking over the smooth surface became so charged with static electricity
that results on touching metal were discomforting. See Fig. 125 page 90 showing glass floors.
Slate has all the advantages of marble, except handsomeness and power to reflect light.
This latter deficiency may be partly obviated by painting the under surface white. Slate
slabs 1 J inches thick are cheaper than either marble or glass and are sometimes used on this
account.
BOTTOM FLOORS
The bottom floor of a stack room is not usually included in the stack contract, as it can
be more economically built by the masonry contractor. It is important to have this floor
absolutely level as a bookstack cannot practically be made to conform to irregularities except
by "shimming up" underneath the shelf supports and leaving openings below the flanges of
the fixed bottom shelves.
The bottom floor is usually made of concrete with a cement top finish. This does
fairly well, though it is somewhat too dark in color and creates dust when worn. The use of
cement paint will prevent the floor wearing, but is apt to give a slippery surface. Terrazzo
makes a good bottom floor and to save expense it may be laid only in the aisles, after the
stacks are erected, leaving the rough floor under the ranges. Marble tile, similar to the slabs
used in the decks, makes the best floor. With tile, the stack is erected on the rough floor,
using high stools and deep flanges on the bottom fixed shelves. The flooring is then laid so
that it covers up the lower part of the flanges and makes a tight joint between the shelf and
the outer edge of the tile.
[ 47 ]
STAIRS AND RAILINGS
STRAIGHT run stairs are recommended for bookstacks and sometimes also the type
shown in the stack room of the Ohio State University Library, page 173, where this
arrangement fits in with the stack plan. Spiral stairs are costly and unsatisfactory.
Winders considerably inci'ease expense and are rarely necessary with stories as low as stack
tiers. Economy in space is secured by placing stairs between two double-faced ranges. See
Fig. 61, page 49, and plans on page 209. This inconveniences access to shelves adjoining
the stairs, but most of the space can be used by substituting for a regular stair railing a simple
hand rail supported on brackets, or the ranges may be used from the opposite side as double
width shelving for the storage of bound newspapers or large folio volumes. It rarely occurs
that the stair requirements for two different stacks are identical; so stairs cannot be made up
for stock. There are, however, regular methods of construction which are economical.
Plain stack stairs are commonly made of steel. Better architectural effects can be secured
with cast iron, but its use increases the cost. Marble treads are used with marble decks and
slate treads with glass decks, or treads may be made of steel and concrete, or of steel plates
with linoleum, rubber matting, or "safety tread" covering. Continuous newels, Fig. 60, sup-
port the stack deck floors around stair openings and obviate the necessity of deep floor framing
for the wide spans which otherwise would occur. The simplest railings are made of pipe, with
cast fittings; double lines are
used in exposed locations
and single lines for window
guards or wall hand rails.
Railings of plain square
bars with pipe handrails
give a better effect. Fig. 60.
Ornamental railings are
not generally recommended
for stack room use, as they
collect dust, but they are re-
quired where a stack is in an
exposed location. Figs. 217
and 246 on pages 191 and
208 show stock designs of
simply ornamented railings.
See also pages 50 and 51.
The frontispiece, page 10,
and Fig. 34, page 32, show
specially designed railings.
l-'iK 59
SCIEXCK KOOM, NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY
Special design stringers, risers, newels and railing.
[ 48 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING^ BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 60. Stack stairway in the Delaware State Capitol. Moulded steel stringers, plate steel
risers, marble treads, brass pipe hand rail, and continuous tubular steel newels supporting deck floor.
61. Denver Public Library stack room, showing space saved by placing stairway between
center ranges. These ranges are used from outside face as double width shelving.
[ 49 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig, 62
DOUBLE PIPE
Fig. 63.
FLORENTINE
r^F^h^f^P^MMMt^MMMMMMMM
Fig. 64.
PLAIN BAR
Fig. 65.
COLON lAL
^
w
:i'^^
M
*
Fig. 66.
FRENCH
I M.I'll'. 'I , ,;.'," M I I "I I M ! . I ' I [ i ' . j , , i H j; 1 1 1 1 I 1
Fig.67. SECULAR GOTHIC
i
Fig. fix
N'HilHlinillli nilH i;M| inil|l|ll|i|l||l|iin ||l ii|MiMiiiii'[ |iiriM^ .-■■i;''>:-yaa?^.::;j.'.4iJ'ieiiaHWP[riwii
iiii^^ iiiiiliii
«aflMi4ii3i3|aa;«a'pwiaaw
CLASSIC
iV#i.'uj{JHi:i..j^i.;..]_ [j;j,^lL
F'K- 69. RENAISSANCE
SNEAD STANDARD DESIGNS OF PLAIN AND ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS AND FASCIAS
[ 50 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig, 70.
G E O R G I A X
Fig. 71. ORNAMENTAL BAR
E3E3
£3Zi
m
an
C3E3
na
aa
I \
aa
a
r 1
aa
[:«:{
m^^
ITy^ l9?S ff3^^t'^S^S"^^^3??'
Fig. 72.
SPANISH
Fig. 73.
ENGLISH GOTHIC
Fig. 74.
LOUIS .\VI
Fig. 75.
ROMAN
Fig, 76. EMPIRE Fig. 77. L O U I S X V
SNEAD STANDARD DESIGNS OF PLAIN AND ORNAMENTAL RAILINGS AND FASCIAS
[ 51 ]
THE SNEAD NEWSPAPER STACK
THE Snead Newspaper Stack is an adaptation of the Snead Standard Stack to meet
the special requirements of large flat books. It is used for newspapers, art books,
public, bank and commercial records, large foHos, or any volume which is better
stored lying flat. As these books require no side support the shelf supports may consist sim-
ply of front and back vertical bars carrying the corners of the shelves, the entire central
portion being left open for ventilation. Bound newspaper volumes average from 18 inches
to 20 inches in width and 24 inches to 26 inches in length. As a rule the shelves are made
18 or 22 inches deep and about 28 inches long. As the shelves are closely spaced, from 4
inches to 6 inches apart, the load per square foot of shelf is small and only a few shelf bars are
required. This greatly facilitates ventflation.* The great depth of the shelf compartments,
the close spacing of the shelves and shelf supports, the skeleton form of the latter and the
wide spacing of the shelf bars form the distinguishing characteristics of the newspaper stack.
In other respects it is similar to the standard bookstack. This system of shelving was de-
signed for the nine-tier South East Court Newspaper Stack (the dark stack) of the Library
of Congress. See Fig. 81. The central columns are so shaped that they can be made to
carry any required floor load, or extended to any height. The construction of the newspaper
stack is most compact and dust-col-
lecting surfaces are reduced to a mini-
mum.
The shelves have no loose parts,
are easily adjusted without tools and
every inch of space can be utilized for
books. These last two advantages do
not always hold for roller shelves, for
the latter are frequently difficult to
adjust and wasteful of space. The
Snead newspaper shelf is thinner than
the roller type and its long continu-
ous bars afford a better support for
the books than the short rollers.
Moreover the open bar shelf holding
two or more volumes does not allow
^M^^g— i— ^-aBSBBaSBg^^
Fig.
SNEAD OPEN BAR NEWSPAPER SHELF
Wicilh, 18" or 22"; length as required, usually about 28"
*Mr. John Norris, Chairman of the Committee on Paper
of the American Newspaper Publishers' Association, in his re-
marks before the Committee appointed by the American Library
Association to study methods of preserving newspaper files
(Brooklyn Public Library Nov. 26, 1912) particularly advocated
that newspaper volumes be kept in the dark, thoroughly venti-
lated and free from dampness, excessive dryness, artificial heat
and the products of gas combustion. He commented favorably
on the Library of Congress storage arrangements with air
spaces around the books, ribbed shelves, filtered air supply and
the perfect cleanliness as an insurance against animal organ-
[ 52 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
the bottom book to come out unexpectedly when the top one is being withdrawn, as often hap-
pens with roller shelves. The simplicity of the bar shelf construction and adjustment furnishes
nothing to get out of order, and makes every portion easy to clean. The newspaper shelves do
not lack in strength, — a man may safely walk over them. The smooth rounding of the sur-
faces not only allows the books to be handled with ease, but also without injury to the bindings.
Roller shelves can be supplied instead of open bar shelves if required. They are designed
to fit on the same shelf supports and to take advantage of the easy gravity lock adjustment.
The rollers are made of enameled steel or brass. Steel is recommended because it does not
tarnish. The shelf frame of the roller shelves is strongly riveted together so that it will re-
main "square" and always allow a free turning of the rollers.
The Snead Unit System Newspaper Stack is suitable for single-tier installations when a
neat attractive appearance is required. There are only five parts to the stack: the end shelf
supports, the intermediate shelf supports, the base plates, the cornice cover plates, and the
shelves. Under certain conditions diagonal braces are also required. Similar parts are inter-
changeable, rendering alterations of range length easy. The stack is so simple that any good
mechanic can erect it by following the directions furnished. If desired, the solid base plate
may be omitted and the uprights fastened to the floor or to light bottom bars. This con-
struction is perhaps more sanitary than with the base. For special architectural effect, the
end shelf supports can be made solid with panels and the cornice of cast iron with ornamental
mouldings. For simple storage purposes end shelf supports can be made like intermediates
with some saving in cost. Shelf lengths can easily be varied to meet particular conditions,
such as accommodating the ancient blanket sheets which bind up 31 or 32 inches long.
Accommodation for a small
number of newspaper volumes is
frequently provided in ordinary
shelving by letting the books extend
clear through from one side of a
double-faced book range to the
other, thus making the ranges in
effect single-faced. This allows
the location of the newspapers to
be changed at will. It is objection-
able, however, in that regular book
shelves are usually too long for
newspapers, thus wasting space,
and also because half the number
of aisles could be omitted had dou-
ble-faced newspaper ranges been
installed at the outset.
The finish customarily used for newspaper stacks is the same as that used for the book
stacks, air drying enamel for the fixed parts and baked enamel for the adjustable shelves.
Metal construction is no more expensive than first class wooden construction and has
the advantages of being entirely fireproof and far more convenient, durable and sanitary.
m
H
Fig. 79.
SNEAD ROLLER NEWSPAPER SHELF
Width 18" or 22"; length as required, usually about 28".
[ 53 ]
' '-H 1.1-' '1111-/ tin /'AxuJ'iAiiJ'.AAzii-\mAi\mij '•^iii 'UUj "It-
'VafBlMaimisin
/lint ifw«
u
,£
^3
s
.S
0)
D
Q
'u
en
3
,s
&
o
3
1)
'S
^
3
'e
S
-a
E
o
g
QJ
-a
en
^
^
OJ
u
3
<
-2
en
o
T3
OJ
QJ
O
OJ
en
a
Eh
U
en
W
ca
a
tn
cc;
&
cfl
3
t/i
O
Z
tn
bo
.S
O
O
0)
u
^
i
hD
fc
d
,C
"o
O
*q
[h
w
>-
E_
O
tn
3
rt
^
a
Q
<
O
s
Di
en
en
cd
E
cd
3
'o
O
u
7]
-— .
tH
c
CD
00
"■
£
w
bb
QJ
«
§
E
>
en
c/T
U
(U
CO
>
_D
1j
HH
en
S
tn
o
O
o
bc
t^
X!
.E
O
■X)
'u
<
0)
cd
a
tn
E
en
•D
3
o
'C
"o
K
c
"S
>
w
...
ji:
IX
0)
X!
o
<
en
b£)
c
C
cd
<D
13
C
3
O
u
cd
^
-13
.2
z;
u
cd
s
Ml
"En
C
D
O
C
8
c
0)
CO
Z
O
a
OJ
w
O
>
ffi
■-M
rJ3
H
X.
3
<
c
S
£
o
z
c
ui:
o
c
a
H
en
T3
o
0)
>
O
QJ
5c
CQ
'o
jd
J2 i-
be
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 82.
ALBERTA PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, EDMONTON, ALBERTA
Single-faced newspaper range with unit system base and cornice designed for the future expansion of the
storage system. Range can later be made double-faced.
Fig. 83. NEW HAMPSHIRE HISTORICAL SOCIETY, CONCORD, N. H.
Structural columns of building enclosed by double-faced newspaper ranges, with cast iron cornice and base.
[ 55 ]
BOOKSTACK FITTINGS
Fig. M. PLATE STEEL BOOK SUPPORT FOR
OPEN BAR SHELF
A doxvnvvard projecting J_ shaped key, fit-
ting between any two shelf bars, forms a
lock when books press against the top of
support. The support is easily adjusted with
one hand when grasped at the base. Heights
6" and 12''.
Fig. 85. PLATE STEEL BOOK SUPPORT FOR
SOLID PLATE SHELF
The support is held in position by the weight
of the end books which rest on a flat tongue
extending horizontally along the shelf. The
flanged vertical edges prevent books "strad-
dling" the support and having their leaves
damaged.
Fig. KB. UPRIGHT WIRE BOOK SUPPORT
The ends of the wire project between the
bars and hook underneath, forming a lock
when books press against the top of support.
VVTKE BOOK SUPPORT
This support, engaging the side flanges of shelf
above, extends down and supports the books
below. For use with solid plate shelves only.
[ 56 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig.
SINGLE FRAME
Fig.
DOUBLE FRAMES
Illustrations of solid cast card frames with label opening 23^ x 4,% inches. Made of enameled iron, polished
brass or bronze and held in place by tap screws. Each frame has one end slotted to allow cards to be
readily inserted.
Fig. 90. ORNAMENTAL CARD FRAME
Made of finely molded cast bronze, finished
as desired. One end slotted to receive card.
Label opening 2% x 4% inches.
Fig. 9L HANGING CARD FRAMES
Hooks at top allow these frames to be
readily attached anywhere on open design
range fronts. Card opening 3 x 3]4 inches.
Any card frames which may be required should be ordered before the stack is manufactured so that tap
holes for securing them in place may be provided at the shop and not have to be drilled after the work
is erected.
[ 57 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 92
OPEN BAR SHELF LABEL HOLDER "A"
Fig. 92-b. OPEN BAR SHELF LABEL HOLDER "B"
Fig. 93.
SOLID PL.ATE SHELF LABEL HOLDER
Fig. 94. LABEL HOLDER FOR SLOPING MAGAZINE SHELF
Shelf label holders are made of cold rolled steel finished in baked enamel to harmonize with the shelves; or, if specially ordered,
are made of sheet bronze or brass. They are readily adjusted by clamping them in place anywhere along the edges of the shelves
and are not dislodged when books are handled. The label openings are ,",.''' wide by 4" long and labels are inserted at the ends.
95-a. RANGE l-'KONt WITH PLATE
STEEL INDICATOR
TIER, SECTION AND
RANGE INDICATORS
Those as shown in Fig. 95-a
are made of enameled plate
steel and are numbered and
lettered to order as desired.
The double wedge shape per-
mits the designations being
read from any position in the
aisle. The indicators are se-
cured near the tops of the end
shelf supports by means of
tap screws.
Fig. 9.5-b shows bronze num-
ber p] ates riveted in to recesses
and section designating letters
cast on the end shelf support.
This method of indication,
while giving a handsome ef-
fect, is not so clearly read as
that shown in Fig. 95-a and is
more expensive.
Fig. 95-b. RANGE FRONTS WITH APPLIED
AND CAST INDICATORS
[ 58 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTAXKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 96.
BACK CLIPS
When "over-size" adjustable shelves are used,
a heavy weight on the front edge of the shelf
may tilt up the back edge until it strikes the
horn lock about I" above. This tilting is pre-
vented by the use of back clips which wedge
between the back edge of the shelf and the
bottom of the horn lock immediately above and
hold the shelf firmly in place. Back clips may
also be used in connection with portable
ledges though not required if the ledges are at-
tached to loaded shelves.
Fig. 97. PORTABLE BOOK LEDGE
Can be attached to any one of the
adjustable shelves to provide a con-
venient place for consulting books.
For convenience of handling, the
ledge is usually made of light weight
mahogany with steel ends and is
finished to match the adjustable
shelves.
Fig.
BACK STOP
This angle back stop is provided with
keys locking between any two shelf
bars. It is used to prevent books
from being pushed too far back on
a shelf and becoming lost, as often
happens with small volumes; it also
facilitates the even arrangement of
books of uniform size, such as law
reports. The back stop is^ particu-
larly useful in open shelf rooms as
the public is apt to be careless
about replacing books.
[ 59 ]
H
W
U
<
m
J
w
w
H
<
D
m
Q
w
W
H
fc.
O
cfi
<
H
U
D
w
►J
<
o
en
J
J
<
Q
Z
<
W
O
BRACKET STACKS
SNEAD TUBULAR STEEL BRACKET STACK
THIS stack has been designed with the purpose of combining simplicity, Ughtness, rigidity
and strength in a construction less costly than the Snead Standard Stack. It is made
entirely of pickled, cold rolled, annealed and patent leveled steel plates, except for the
feet of the uprights and the cornice on the full width ends; these parts are made of cast iron.
Fig. 100.
SNEAD TUBULAR STEEL BRACKET STACK, EXETER, N. H., PUBLIC LIBRARY
The steel section of the uprights is formed so as to develop the fullest possible strength
of the material, the hollow-tube shape giving great rigidity. The feet of the uprights are
secured to the floor to prevent displacement, while the tops are braced longitudinally by tie
channels, of such stiffness, that transverse bracing between ranges is only necessary at inter-
vals of about three compartment lengths. Full width end shelf-supports act as a cover to
hide the brackets of the adjustable shelves. They are frequently used on the ends of those
ranges which are particularly exposed to view. The cornice on full width ends is made of
cast iron in order to secure the proper fineness of line and beauty of design. Where a number
of full width ends are required little is saved by the use of a bracket instead of a standard stack.
The bracket shelves consist of: First; the shelf proper, upon which the books rest.
Second; the brackets which carry the shelf in cantilever fashion and hold the end books
[ 61 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
upright. Shelves are triple flanged along the front and back edges into a rigid box form, and
single flanged on the ends. The brackets are bolted to the end flanges of the shelf. The
adjustment of the shelves is accomplished by means of three hooks on the upper back cor-
ner and a lug on the lower back corner of the shelf bracket, as shown in the details in Figs.
99 and 101-a. These hooks and lugs engage slots in the uprights; the hooks forming a sup-
port and the lug serving to prevent an upward blow from dislodging the shelf. Rounded
flanges are pressed on the tops and fronts of
the brackets to prevent any raw edges of the
material coming in contact with and injuring
the books.
Baked enamel, dark green or semi-gloss
black, is the finish generally employed. Spe-
Fig. 101-a. Detail of shelf constiuction and adjustment. Snead Tubular
Steel Bracket Stack.
cial colors, however, can be furnished as re-
quired. Stairways, deck framing and other
structural steel parts are finished with paint
or air drying enamel applied after the stack
is erected.
Steel bracket construction is particularly
adapted for use in a one-tier stack but may be
used in stacks of two or more tiers. Where
the uprights have to carry heavy superimposed
loads they can be strengthened, either by thick-
ening the steel plates from which they are
formed or by reinforcing them with structural
steel members.
The tubular steel bracket stack is made
in any width, height or length. It is inadvis-
able, however, to go beyond 3 feet 6 inches
in the length of compartments, or above 10
feet in the height of the stack. Even at 10
feet several rows of the adjustable shelves are
inaccessible.
The simple construction of this stack
makes it easy to pack for shipment and any
good mechanic can erect it by following the
instructions furnished.
Fig. 101-b. SNEAD TUBULAR STEEL BRACKET STACK
View looking toward closed end shelf support.
[ 62 J
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 102.
PERSPECTIVE VIEW AND DETAILS OF SNEAD STAR COLUMN BRACKET STACK
SNEAD STAR COLUMN BRACKET STACK
The principles involved in the shelf adjustment of this stack are similar to those used
in the Snead Tubular Steel Bracket Stack. The Snead Star Column Bracket Stack, however,
is much stronger and is designed for greater heights or to carry heavy floors. It is too ex-
pensive to use in a one-tier or two-tier stack.
The intermediate uprights are of heavy steel star sections, specially rolled for Snead &
Company; the ends are of heavy t sections. Adjustment slots are punched in those flanges
of the uprights which stand parallel to the face of the range.
Shelves are triple flanged on the front and back edges into a rigid box form and single
flanged on the ends. To the end flanges are fastened the brackets which carry the shelves.
Hooks and lugs on the back edges of the brackets engage in the slots of the uprights, the
hook forming the support, while the lug serves as a guard to prevent dislodging of the shelf
by an upward blow. An offset in the back of the brackets allows the shelves to be inter-
changed throughout the stack and provides for the adjustment of the hooks of opposite shelves
in the same adjustment slot. This offset also prevents books coming in contact with the ad-
[ 63 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
justment hooks. Round flanges, turned on the front and top edges of the brackets, prevent
injury to books.
The distance between the back edges of shelves at the same level in a compartment is
only Iq: inches, and the distance between the ends of two adjacent shelves is only f inch.
This construction affords the greatest compactness possible in the bracket stack, the structural
members being kept soUd and all waste space being eliminated.
In this type of construction, the shelves are usually finished with baked enamel, and
shelf support uprights or columns, steel framing, stairs, etc., with air-drying enamel applied
after the stack is erected.
The Snead Star Column Bracket Stack, while cheaper than the Snead Cast Iron Bracket
Stack, is more expensive than the Snead Tubular Steel Bracket Stack.
Fi;;. 103. MEDICAL AND CHIRURGICAL FACULTY OF MARYLAND, BALTIMORE, MD.
Vieu. in second tier of Snead Cast Iron Bracket Stack showing stack ready to receive future tiers above. Pilaster design
ends.
[ 64 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
SNEAD CAST IRON BRACKET STACK
The uprights of the Snead Cast Iron Bracket Stack are solid, substantial and remark-
ably stiff and strong. Each consists of a single casting neatly molded from patterns parted
in the center, sand-blasted, surface ground and filed to obtain the best possible finish.
The end uprights are of an
attractive pilaster design as
shown in Fig. 103 on opposite
page. By placing one upright
above the other, a stack of any
number of tiers may be built.
Shelving is formed of pic-
kled cold rolled, annealed and
patent leveled steel plates, with
triple flanges on the front and
back edges. The brackets, also
of steel plates, fit against the
ends of the shelf and are fas-
tened to the front and back
flanges, a portion of the bracket
being carried around the back
to form a brace. See Fig. 104.
This insures a perfectly square
and rigid connection and makes
it impossible for the shelf brack-
ets to spring from the support-
ing lugs on the uprights. The
shelves are adjusted and held
in place by means of hooks, on
the back upper corners of the
brackets, which engage with
lugs on the uprights.
The uprights, framing and
stairways are usually finished
with an aluminum bronze or
air drying enamel, applied after
the erection of the stack. A baked enamel finish can be furnished if desired. Shelves are
always finished with baked enamel, usually black.
Many prefer this stack with solid cast iron uprights, to the Tubular Steel Bracket Stack,
but owing to its greater cost, it is not so generally used,
Fig. 104. LAW LIBRARY, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, URBANA, ILL.
View at bottom of the five-tier Snead Cast Iron Bracket Stack, showing details of bracket shelves
and shelf adjustment lugs.
[ 65 ]
STANDARD VS. BRACKET STACKS
AS a choice has sometimes to be made between standard and bracket stacks, a state-
ment of their relative merits is in order. The following comparison is not based on
any particular makes of stack but on the general features which naturally belong
to each of the two types.
The characteristic point of difference between a standard and a bracket stack lies in
the form of the shelves and shelf supports. The word "standard" is here used to indicate
the broad upright support which holds the ends of the shelves. For the purpose of reducing
the cost, the shelf supports of the bracket stack are made as narrow as possible and so have
to support the shelves in cantilever fashion. As the post-like supports are not wide enough
to cover the ends of the shelves and keep the books upright the shelves are provided with
end brackets. While the shelf supports in the bracket stack are cheaper than those of the
standard, the bracket shelves are more costly as they are excessively heavy; consequently
the difference in price between the two types is not large.
The irregular outlines of the bracket ranges present an unattractive appearance. The
unsupported front edge of the shelf gives a suggestion of insecurity which has a basis in
reality. The books look as if they might topple over on the slightest provocation. The
shelves frequently become dislodged accidentally and have been known to drop on glass
flooring and crack it. The brackets themselves sometimes bend or become loose on the shelves
so that they do not fit the shelf supports.
The brackets prevent a close adjustment of shelves to hold large folios lying flat and
they give an insufficient support to tall books standing upright. In stacks of this type there
is danger of straddling the books over the brackets and marring the leaves. The bracket
construction is particularly objectionable in a stack room open to the public, as the projecting
members are fiable to catch on clothing. Considerable book space is wasted between the
end brackets, and between the back edges of the shelves. This latter space is sometimes 2
inches or more in width, thus allowing books to drop through.
The desirable features of the Open Bar shelf are never found in a bracket stack, nor
do bracket stacks have the fixed bottom shelf at deck floors which serves as a fire, dust and
water stop and prevents books falling from the upper to the lower stories. The solid cover
plate, which is a characteristic feature of the standard construction, is a great protection to
the books from dirt and other injury and is frequently used as an extra shelf when the mov-
able shelves are full. The omission of the cover plates and the fixed shelves between tiers
largely account for the cheapness of the bracket type.
Practically all of the first class important library buildings of recent construction have
standard stack equipment and for most buildings, proposals are not received for the bracket
construction. The only advantage in the latter is a slight economy in first cost, and this is
more apparent than real.
[ 66 ]
LAYING OUT A STACK ROOM
No absolute rules can be laid down for the arrangement of a stack room. Too much
depends on the size and shape of the room and the manner in which it is to be used.
A stack open to the public should have more liberal aisle space than a storage stack.
The range aisles in an open stack may be approximately 3 feet wide and the main aisles any-
where from 3 feet to 6 feet. Too great liberality in aisle space is expensive in the cost of
deck floor construction and limits the book capacity of the whole building. Ample aisle
space looks well when a library is new and the shelves only partially filled, but as the books
accumulate and the stack becomes crowded to overflowing, all space save that absolutely
necessary for aisle room becomes a source of regret to the librarian. The stack of the British
Museum is a good example of this ; the range aisles were originally about 7 feet wide, but
so great became the demand for book space that movable cases were suspended on rollers from
the deck floor above each tier. These stood in front of the fixed shelving. This about doubled
the stack capacity, but at the cost of making
two-thirds of the books inaccessible without first
moving one of the heavy rolhng cases.
In an open shelf stack room the range aisles
may be made as long as 18 feet when open at
both ends and 12 feet when "blind" at one end.
In a storage stack the ranges may be made as
long as 30 feet and the range aisles as narrow
as 27 inches to give the maximum book capacity.
Although a person can pass through an aisle 21
inches wide, it is difficult to use the lower rows
of shelves with aisles under 27 inches. The
ranges should be so placed that adjacent shelf
supports stand exactly opposite one another
across the aisle. If this is not done the floor
framing becomes unsymmetrical and costly.
The length of the shelves is largely gov-
erned by the dimensions of the stack room.
A distance of 3 feet between the centers of
shelf supports is usual, but this figure may be
varied if necessary. A closer spacing increases
both the number of shelves and shelf supports,
thereby adding to the cost. The use of longer pig. los. old stack room, British museum, london
shelves is frequently warranted, 3 feet 6 inches Auxiliary cases suspended on rollers.
being quite common. stack Ulustrated was not sappUed by The Snead (J Co. Iron Works
[ 67 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
The double-faced ranges for public, college and law libraries are generally made about
17 inches wide with 8 inch adjustable shelves. A few 10 or 12 inch wall ranges or 20 and
24 inch double-faced ranges may be provided for over-size books, or all the bottom fixed
shelves may be widened from 2 to 4 inches as shown in Figs. 2, 17 and 106, on pages 13,
22 and 69. Sometimes ranges are preferred, having projecting ledges about 2^ or 3 feet
above the floor, with 10 or 12 inch shelves below and 8 inch shelves above. See page 70. The
ledge is convenient for consulting books and does not seriously cut off the most valuable por-
tion of the aisle space.
The stairs and booklift should be in a central location or adjacent to the main entrance. A
stairway in the center of a stack room is usually more serviceable than one at each end.
SNEAD VERTICAL (PROTECTED) DECK SLIT
It is a well established principle of bookstack construction that an open space or deck
slit should be left between the bottom fixed shelves and the curb angles bordering the stack
deck floors so that proper ventilation of the stack room will be possible. In ordinary stack
construction this opening is about 3 inches wide, measured horizontally, and it has sometimes
been criticised on account of the possibiHty afforded of objects dropping through the deck.
This objection has been eliminated by the Snead Vertical Deck Sht Construction which
has shelf supports widened at the bottom so that the fixed shelves extend over to the edge of
the deck floor and entirely cover and protect the ventilating opening, which now extends in
a vertical rather than in a horizontal direction. The height of the bottom shelf above the
deck floor is usually about 3 or 4 inches, leaving an opening of 1 or 2 inches between the top
edge of the curb angle and the bottom flange of the fixed shelf. The wide bottom shelves also
afford convenient accommodationf or over-size books right in the same range with the smaller
books, and this without encroaching on the valuable portion of the aisle space. It is the width
of aisle at elbow and shoulder levels that counts, rather than the width at the floor level.
Furthermore, the upward flowing air currents in a multiple-tier stack carry dust, and if
these currents pass through the deck floors along a line several inches in front of the face
of the range, the dust particles are not so liable to be deposited on the books.
Another feature of the Snead Standard Stack which can accompany the wide bottom
shelf and make it practicable to shelve books right along in their proper order, irrespective
of size, is the interchangeability of regular and "Over-size" adjustable shelves. See opposite
page and Fig. 29, page 29. The proportion of large books in a library is usually smafl, so
that if the bulk of the shelves are made 8 or 9 inches wide, and aU fixed bottom shelves and
about 5 per cent, of the adjustable shelves 10 or 12 inches wide, convenient and adequate
accommodation can be had for the entire collection, with a minimum waste of space.
The vertical deck slit, wide bottom shelf and interchangeable regular and "Over-size" ad-
justable shelves were first designed for use in the Harry Elkins Widener Memorial Library of
Harvard University, in order that the students and attendants using the stack would not be
confused by the classes of books being broken up on account of variation of size. Books on
the same subject properly belong together, and it is awkward and needless to separate them
simply because one book may be larger than another.
[ 68
LIBRARY PLANNING., BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 106. SNEAD VERTICAL (PROTECTED) DECK SLIT
Section through stack floor, showing top and bottom of typical range, with wide fixed bottom shelf, "Over-size'' adjustable shelves
and protected Vertical Deck Slit of the Widener Memorial Library. See also Fig. 116, page 80.
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 107. ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE LIBRARY, TORONTO, ONT.
Stack with ledge ranges, continuous marble deck floors (no deck slits) and open design range fronts. Upper shelves 8" wide,
ledge lO" wide, lower shelves 13" wide.
[ 70 ]
WIDTH AND CAPACITY OF SHELVES
No definite rules can be laid down regarding the width of shelves required for libraries
as much depends on the method of classification, space available and usage to which
the library is put. Where economy and compactness of storage are important, 8
inch shelving is recommended for bookstacks in general. Books deeper than 8 inches can
be taken care of in various ways : by making the fixed bottom shelves from 9 to 12 inches
wide; by providing adjustable shelves 9 or 10 inches wide to fit on the 8 inch shelf supports;
by providing one or more ranges with 10 or 12 inch shelf supports and shelves; or simply by
allowing the books to project a little beyond the front or back edges of the shelves. Most
books ai'e 6 inches or less in depth and it is well to bear in mind that waste space back of
books collects dirt and is objectionable while the same space added to the width of the aisles
becomes valuable.
The number of volumes that can be stored per lineal foot of shelving depends on the
character of the books. The following table has been prepared by averaging the data
collected from various general and special libraries. For convenience in computing the
amount of stack necessary, the capacity for both single-faced and double-faced ranges has
been added, this being based on stacks 7 or 7^ feet high with seven rows of shelves, six adjust-
able and one fixed, in the height.
Vols, per foot Vols, per lineal foot of Vols, per lineal foot of Recommended
Kind of books. of shelf. single-faced range. double-faced range. width of shelves.
Circulating 10 70 140 8 inches
Fiction 9 63 126 8 "
Economics 9 63 126 8
General Hterature ... 8 56 112 8 "
Reference 8 56 112 8-10 "
History 8 56 112 8 "
Technical and Scientific .7 49 98 8-10-12 "
Medical 61 45^ 91 10 "
Law 6 42 84 8 "
Public documents ... 6 42 84 8 "
Bound periodicals . . . 5^ 38^ 77 10-12 "
U. S, Patent specifications 2 (144 vols, per year) 14 28 8 "
[ 71 ]
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
FOR the sake of convenient reference a summary of the regular sizes and dimensions
of various stack parts are given below. It is well to take up with the manufacturer
any changes that may seem necessary in these dimensions.
Stack tiers
Heights. 7 feet and 7 feet 6 inches, measuring from deck floor to deck floor.
Stack aisles
Main. 2 feet 6 inches to 5 feet or more, depending upon shape and size of room.
Minor. 2 feet 3 inches to 3 feet 6 inches or more, depending upon conditions of use.
Stack stairs
Straight Runs. Well length, 8 to 9 feet; 11 or 12 risers; width usually about 30 inches.
Stack ranges
Lengths. As required, preferably in even multiples of shelf length adopted.
Widths. Single-faced, 8f, 9f, lOf and 12^ inches for books; 18| and 22| inches for
newspapers. Double-faced, I65, 18|, 20^ and 24^ inches for books; 37 and 44|
inches for newspapers.
Range cornices
Depth. 2 inches for drawn steel, 3 inches for "Unit System."
Shelf supports
Thickness. Of intermediates seven-sixteenths inch, of ends five-eighths inch. Central
stiffening ribs about 4 inches wide. Cornices project about 1 inch beyond face of ends.
Adjustable shelves
Lengths. As required, usually about 3 feet, uniform if possible; maximum about 3 feet
6 inches.
Widths. 8, 9, 10 and 12 inches for books; 18 and 22 inches for newspapers.
Thickness, g inch to f inch ; greater for long span, soHd plate shelves.
Fixed bottom shelves
Height from deck. 2 inches with horizontal, 3 or 4 inches with vertical deck slits.
Electrical arrangements
Vertical ducts. On end shelf supports, ^ inch x 2 inches in cross section.
Sivitch boxes. On end shelf supports, for single or double switches as required.
Horizontal conduits. For main feeds, sizes as required; for branches ^ inch round (actual
diameters, internal .623 inch, external .84 inch).
Deck floors
Glass Slabs. Usually f inch thick, sometimes 1 inch thick for large spans.
Marble Slabs. 1^ inches thick. Slate, if used, same thickness as marble.
Total Thickness. For ordinary spans, measuring from top of slabs to bottom of steel
beams : with glass, 3^ inches; with marble, 4 inches.
[ 72 ]
PRICES OF STACKS
INQUIRIES regarding shelving installations frequently take this form: "We are about ready
to equip our stack room; please send catalog and prices." It is easy to send a catalog but
impracticable to give a satisfactory estimate of prices without some specification of re-
quirements. Stacks are built to order, to fit each library. Consequently each contract must
be estimated separately. The cost varies from 40 cents to $1.00 or moi'e per lineal foot of
shelving for straight stack work. The arrangement of the stack room, length of ranges,
width of shelves, height of tiers, number of rows of shelves, number and position of stairways
and booklifts, freight rates, packing charges and market price of steel, are only a few of the
many factors which enter into the cost estimate. It is, therefore, almost impossible to quote
list prices and discounts which will be intelligible and accurate. In requesting an estimate,
architect's plans and sections should be sent. If these are not available, sketches with figured
measurements will do. There should be a full description of the requirements of the library
and the condition of the room. The more particulars given, the easier becomes the task of
making a close and satisfactory estimate. For stacks but one tier high the following data is
required: Standard or bracket type. Number of ranges. Width of each range. Length of
each range. Height of each range. Number of rows of shelves in the height. Color of
finish desired. It should also be stated whether or not it is proposed to add an upper tier
of stack with a deck floor over the first tier some time in the future.
For stacks of more than one tier in height, added information concerning the number
of tiers, dimensions of the deck floors, position of stairs, gallery railings, window guards, etc.,
is needed.
Where ranges are to fit against a wall, a detail should be furnished showing any projections
from the wall, i. e., base boards, chair rails, etc., so that, if possible, the uprights may be
notched around the same. See Fig. 36, page 34. Mention should be made of the trim
around windows and doors and of any radiators or steam pipes which might interfere with
the stack.
Although stacks are built to order, there are established manufacturing standards,
patterns and dies, to which it is necessary to conform for the sake of economy. Special
construction, designs or sizes are expensive. It is well in stating requirements to mention
those features which are essential and those which are merely preferred and therefore sub-
ject to modification. In other words, give as much freedom as possible for the development
of the stack according to the spirit rather than the letter of the requirements. Such latitude
tends toward economy and toward rendering the finished result more satisfactory to the
user.
[ 73 ]
TIER HEIGHTS
ONE of the basic principles of the modern bookstack is to have every shelf accessible,
without the use of steps or ladders, to a person of average height. The old arrange-
ment of running shelving to the ceiling without a gallery is looked upon with disfavor.
A mezzanine floor or gallery, although adding to the cost, is more practicable and economical
in the end. Such a floor, however, is not feasible where the ceiling is less than 12^ feet or
13 feet high.
The regular stack tier heights are 7 feet
or 7 feet 6 inches. These may be modified
if necessary, but if 7 feet 6 inches is ex-
ceeded by more than 2 inches modification is
liable to cause a considerable additional ex-
pense. Moreover, there is waste space in tiers
that exceed 7 feet 6 inches, as the upper rows
of shelves are inaccessible. The height of the
bottom tier can be increased a few inches by
increasing the height of the stools supporting
the uprights under the bottom fixed shelves.
These are ordinarily 2 inches above the floor.
In planning a library it is advisable to have
the distance between the main floors of the
building multiples of the stack tier heights,
so that as many as possible of the stack floors
will be on a level with the main floors. This
greatly increases the convenience of access
to the stack and allows book trucks to be moved
without hindrance from the stack room to
other parts of the building. See section of
New York Public Library on page 144 and
section of Library of Congress on page 136. ^ ,„„ ^^,^^ „^
•' "^ f b ^- F,g. 108. STACK ROOM, DENVER PUBLIC LIBRARY
[ 74 ]
STACK ENGINEERING
THE various engineering requirements which may arise in the construction of a building,
such as the supporting of floors and roofs and the bracing of walls, are easily fulfilled
by the Library of Congress stack construction. Ordinarily the stack is a self support-
ing structure surrounded by masonry walls. It is customary to reinforce the walls by tying
them, at intervals of about 7 feet, with the stack deck floors. This also serves to steady the
stack tiers and renders diagonal bracing within the stack unnecessary. However, when diag-
onal bracing is used, the stack can be made an entirely independent structure and may sup-
port curtain walls enclosing it.
The rows of stack uprights, generally about 3 feet on centers in one direction, 4 feet or
5 feet in the other, and thoroughly braced about every 7 feet in their height by the deck floors,
can easily be made to carry heavy superimposed loads. The two-tier basement stacks in the
Brookhne, Mass., Somerville, Mass., and Gary, Ind., Public Librai-ies and the stack in the
Library of Hawaii, carry floors above. The two-tier stack at Whitinsville, Mass., and the
three-tier stack of the Coburn Free Library, Owego, N. Y., support their own roofs. In the
Elizabeth, N. J., Public Library the medical reference room in the second story rests on the
four-tier bookstack below. In all the above buildings the stack uprights, each consisting of a
single through casting with central stiffening ribs, required no extra reinforcement.
The castings are so designed that shelf supports for even a one-tier or two-tier stack are
generally strong enough for
use in the bottom of a seven-
tier stack. This permits of
the shelves being made the
same size and interchange-
able throughout, and some-
times has other advantages.
For instance, a two-tier
stack in the old Indiana
State Normal School Li-
brary was reset in the new
building and two tiers added
above, with plans for still
another. Such use was in
no way contemplated when
the stack was built, but the
Fig. 109. GORE HALL. HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, CAMBRIDGE, MASS. extra Strength WaS the
Structure in course of demolition, winter 1913, to make room for the Widener Memorial Library. meaUS of SaVlUSf SeVeral
Note that stack structure is entirely independent of the surrounding walls. inn
Stack illustrated was not supplied by The Snead ^ Co. Iron Works tnOUSanCl QOliarS.
[ 75 ]
Pi
<
cC
K
CQ
tfi
J .
-iii
ir.
5- ^
5 u
C/J
< !=.
O
o ?;
01
C
en
O
Is
b
^ S
o
cii
T— (
u. '^
^y
CI)
en
(fl
D
o
K
O
w
ci
>
0)
Z
c
1:3
a
o
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
As a rule when stacks are unusually high, or the superimposed loads excessive, the stack
uprights consist of central structural steel columns with flat cast iron shelf supports attached
in each tier. The columns are in multiple tier lengths, breaking joints at the deck floors and
securely braced by the deck framing. The accompanying sketches, Figs.
112-a and 112-b, show how the strength of these columns can be increased
' indefinitely, without encroaching on book space, by simply lengthening the
Fig. 112-a. Range Front arms of the columns. In a twenty-tier stack the ends of the rectangular
J=.
4-
Fig. 112-b. Partition
SECTION THROUGH
UPRIGHTS
Showing flat cast iron
shelf supports attached
to central structural steel
columns.
shelves need not be more than ^ inch apart and their back edges f inch
apart; thus no available book space is occupied by the structural work. In
the Library of Congress there are four nine-tier stacks with these structural
steel columns. One of these, the new southeast court newspaper stack,
carries above it a work room and over that, its own roof. The main stack
room of the New York Public Library is seven tiers high and supports the
floor of the great reading room. The new Widener Memorial Library of
Harvard University has a ten-tier stack carrying a floor of seminar and lecture rooms.
A floor carried on a stack can be made unusually thin as the points of support are close
together. A construction is frequently employed having 3 inch I beams running along the top
of each stack range, either underneath or imbedded in a reinforced concrete slab 3 inches to
6 inches thick. Allowing 2 inches for the fin-
ish above the slab, the total thickness of the
floor need be only 5 inches to 8 inches, thus
affording a great saving in space and floor ma-
terial. Although stacks are well adapted for
carrying uniformly distributed loads, they are
not so well fitted for the heavy concentrated
loads of masonry walls or columns within a
reading room. If necessary these columns and
walls can be provided for in the stack structure
but it is usually less expensive to continue
heavy columns down through the stack.
The original stack in the University of
Michigan Library, of the Gore Hall type, car-
ried a museum floor above. To increase the
stack space plans were made to build a two-tier
stack in the museum room. The stack below
was not strong enough, however, to carry the
increased load. There was then, no alternative
but to suspend the new stack. New steel roof
trusses were placed across the room parallel
to the old wooden trusses, which remained in
place. From the steel trusses steel bar sus- p.^ ^^3 coburn free library, owego, n. y.
PenderS were dropped at intervals 01 4 feet to sloping roof of stack room carried by cast iron struts on top of third
11-1 1 l_li.J' ^'^^ shelf supports. Tops of these shelf supports are tied together by
6 feet and to their lower ends were bolted pairs two steei angles instead of flanged cover piate.
[ 77 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
of steel channels just clearing the floor. There was one pair of channels for each range and
they were entirely concealed by the bottom fixed shelves and base of the end shelf supports.
On top of these channels the two-tier stack with its marble mezzanine floor was built, and over
the stack a reinforced concrete slab was constructed to isolate the old wooden roof and
eliminate fire risk. See Fig. 110, on page 76.
In the Bibliotheque St-Sulpice at Montreal, the librarian's office and cataloging room
are built directly in the stack room, with book ranges above, below and to one side. See
main floor plan on page 199 and transverse section on page 200.
The stack room of the Widener Memorial Library, see plan on page 155, has been
constructed with study rooms incorporated in the stack work, and also with rows of reading
alcoves placed along the outside walls.
Both in new buildings and in alterations, interesting engineering problems frequently
arise in connection with the bookstack. If taken up at the outset with the stack manufacturer,
a solution can usually be found that is safe, simple and economical in space and construction.
Fig 115. MAIN STACK ROOM, NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY
View in center of seventh tier, showing stack columns supporting steel beams and terra cotta arch floor of main reading room
overhead. Heating and ventilating duct in left foreground. See Fig. 114 for view in seventh tier during construction.
[ 79 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 116. HARRY ELKINS WIDENER MEMORIAL LIBRARY, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
Construction view showing portion of fifth stack tier carried by girders over ground story reading room. The lower part of the
shelf supports are extended into the aisles to carry wide fixed bottom shelves.
FOUNDATIONS
STACK foundations are provided, as a rule, by laying a concrete slab over the whole
stack room floor, of such thickness or so reinforced that it will carry the loads without
cracking. Economy is sometimes gained by making the floor thin and having a concrete
beam under each row of stack columns to form a continuous footing. It is impractical to put a
separate footing under each column as the latter occur at such close intervals (about 3 feet
in one direction and 4 feet in the other) that the footings run together. The floor and lower
walls should be thoroughly damp-proofed so that the first tier will be dry enough for books.
When the soil under a building is of such a nature that settlement is liable to occur,
the area of the footings under the waUs and of those under the stack should be so propor-
tioned that the pressure on the ground will be everywhere equal, thus causing uniform settle-
ment. On this account it may be necessary to use the beam footing construction, with the
concrete slabs between not bearing directly on the ground. This distributes the stack loads
over a small area and equalizes the pressure under the stack and wall footings. In cold
weather all footings should be protected from freezing ; otherwise the floor may heave up in
places and push the shelf supports out of true, not only with each other but also with the
surrounding walls.
If an air space is de-
sired under the stack room
floor it is good construction,
although expensive, to have
walls or rows of piers with
brick arches between them
in the cellar under the stack
ranges. Where there is to
be a basement under a stack
room, two methods of con-
struction are available. The
first and most economical is
to continue the stack col-
umns down to the basement
floor and to make the floor
above of light construction
similar to a regular stack
deck, but without deck slits.
^■'^■'"- NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY . „ ,, The second is to use larger
Construction view, September 1, 1905, in main stack room, showmg cast iron columns m cellar which a
carry the seven-tier bookstack. Note cast iron brackets built into the wall for the attachment of stack StrUCtUral COlumnS Under
deck floors. Such brackets are not recommended as they require the greatest care in setting to insure , . 1 • 1 , i
their being in exact position. Bvcry scconcl or third stack
[ 81 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
upright (or possibly at
greater intervals) and to
construct a heavy grillage
on top with a beam upon
which each row of stack up-
rights may rest. This gives
more space in the basement
for mechanical equipment
or working purposes than
the first method, but the
space cannot readily be used
for book storage. The cel-
lar columns should be fire
proofed unless it is certain
that the space will not be
used for the storage of in-
flammable material such as
empty boxes, waste paper
furniture, etc. These might endanger the stack structure in a way not possible with books.
Fig. 118. OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, COLUMBUS, O.
View showing steel columns, 9'-0" high, carried through cellar to support the six-tier stack above.
Columns are provided with holes for the attachment of the future shelf supports in the basement tier.
,?^*
SNEAD METAL MUSEUM CASE, STYLE "O'^
See also pages 89, 100 and 26L
STACK WEIGHTS
ALTHOUGH the dead loads of stack construction vary with each stack installation,
they can be accurately determined; the weight of the books and the live load on the
k- stack decks must be assumed. The proper allowance for deck live load differs with
each building, 70 lbs. per square foot is frequently used for a stack of but a few tiers to make
sure that the deck framing will be amply stiff to prevent deflection and vibration. However,
it is out of the question to consider that any such live load could ever come on all the decks.
Therefore, the assumed live load may be greatly reduced when calculating the strength of the
columns and might be disregarded entirely so far as the foundations of the stack are con-
cerned. A conservative basis of calculation is to assume a live load of 40 lbs. per square foot
for the top deck and reduce the amount 10 per cent, for each tier below.
Unit weights given below are a safe average for an ordinary bookstack :
Shelf supports and shelves, 6 to 10 lbs. per cubic foot of range.
Books 20
Deck framing 4
f inch glass flooring .... 10
1^ " marble flooring ... 18
Live load 40
square foot of gross deck area.
" " net area.
" " of glass or marble area of top
tier, and reduce the amount 10 per cent, for each tier below.
When a stack must be erected on a floor of light construction, there is sometimes a
prejudice in favor of the use of a bracket stack rather than a standard stack. This prejudice,
however, is not well founded since the difference in weight between the lightest kind of a
bracket stack and a substantial standard stack is almost negligible when proper account is made
of the weight of books, deck floors, deck framing and live load on floors. In either case, the
weight of the last four items should be the same. The shelf supports, or uprights, of the
bracket stack are lighter than those of the standard stack, but the shelves themselves are
heavier, so that the net difference in weight is but a small proportion of the total weight of
the stack construction. In fact, after making proper allowance for the weight of books and
the live load on decks, the total weight on the floor with a bracket stack might be as much
as 4^ per cent, less than with a standard stack, but is more likely to be only 1 or 2 per cent,
or even nothing.
The books themselves are the principal factor to be considered in reference to floor
loading, as they are far heavier than the shelf supports and shelves, and the variation in
their weight is much greater than the variation in weight of the different types of stack.
The following plans and unit weights are given to show two extreme cases and a medium
example. It is unhkely that the combination of extremely heavy weights in the last example
could ever be obtained in an actual bookstack, but it serves to illustrate the maximum limit
of weight.
[ 83 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
'^
—
— 1
— 1
—
—
—
=
=t.
iL,
JU
__
11 =
^^
^^
= 3
—
—
= 4
—
—
— 1
^5
—
—
" =
— 6
—
—
— 7
^
—
= 6
—
—
Jm
—
—
—
—
—
—
= 10
—
—
—
—
—
—
= 11
—
—
—
1 ' —
—
— 12
—
—
—
—
—
—
-11
—
—
—
—
= 14
—
—
—
—
11 =
^i^
L—
:^
iS^
—
^
^
—
—
=
=
■
—
1 1 —
= 18
—
—
=
— 13
~^
^
ML^
m
m
ma
£
PLANS AND UNIT WEIGHTS
These plans and unit weights are assumed to show examples of hght,
medium and heavy stack construction.
Computations on opposite page.
UNIT WEIGHTS
Light, used with PI
in N Medium, used with Plan O
1
Heavy, used with Plan P
Stack construction
7 lbs. per cu. ft.
8 lbs. per cu. ft.
11 lbs. per cu. ft.
Floor framing
3 lbs. per sq. ft.
4 lbs, per sq. ft.
5 lbs. per sq. ft.
Deck flooring
%" glass, 10 lbs.
per sq. ft.
Pi" marble, 18 lbs. per sq. ft.
VA" slate, 20 lbs. per sq. ft.
Books
20 lbs. per cu. ft.
25 lbs. per cu. ft.
30 lbs. per cu. ft.
Live load
20 lbs. per sq. ft
40 lbs. per sq. ft., decreased
10<''f. for each tier.
70 lbs per sq. ft.
Tier height
r-0"
1 7'- 3"
7'- 6"
I i t-t t'^f l
I- t t f=^"
^3' DECK 3LIT
■« I A B C
M-^i*^3'-6'-*-3'-6-i-3'-6-i- 6-0' -i-3-6'^j'-6'-*-3-6'i-J-6-i-3-(
Plan N.
Fig. 120. LIGHT CONSTRUCTION
r
EpizzErD
A » B -% C
'•P it DECK 51JT'9
rfr-T—
riT^
M-i t \--r
t ^j^ tit
I I I 1 i~r
t fff \h 3 "inn^zEn:
1 t t--4 fiT~i I- I t t t "n
Fig. 122.
■di-3'<U-3'<U-3'^Cij-n. 3'-oi-3'.ni 3'.Qi-3.ai-3.o
Plan P
HEAVY CONSTRUCTION
S' O — l-3'-3-i-J-3"-i-3-3'-l-3-J-*-3-i-
Plam O
Fig. 121. MEDIUM CONSTRUCTION
Note for next cage: In calcula-
ting W for plan O, the width of
the stack room was measured
from the blank wall to the middle
of the main aisle. The framing,
flooring and live load for the
other half of the main aisle are
carried by the outside wall.
Ftg. 119.
[ 84 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
TABLES OF BOOKSTACK WEIGHTS
Examples of light, medium and heavy stack construction according to conditions of
plans and weights on opposite page. The figures given show the weights in pounds at the
foot of each typical stack shelf support; also the weights per square foot on stack room floor,
for any number of stack tiers and deck floors from one to twenty.
This table merely illustrates the general variation of stack weights; detailed calculations
should be made whenever actual construction is undertaken.
A = Weight at typical aisle end shelf support.
B = Weight at typical intermediate shelf support.
C = Weight at typical wall end shelf support.
W = Weight per square foot on stack room floor.
PLAN' N
Using light unit weights
Tiers
Decks
A
B
c
1
441
882
441
2
1
1622
2188
1404
3
2
2803
3493
2367
4
3
3983
4799
3330
5
4
5164
6104
4293
6
5
6345
7410
5256
7
6
7526
8715
6219
8
7
8707
10021
7182
9
8
9887
11326
8145
10
9
!
11068
12632
9108
11
10
12249
13937
10071
12
11
13430
15243
11034
13
12
14611
16548
11997
14
13
1
15791
178.54
12960
15
14
16972
19159
13923
16
15
181.53
20465
14886
17
16
193.34
21770
15849
18
17
20515
23076
16812
19
18
21695
24381
17775
20
19
22876
25687
18738
w
36
98
159
220
282
343
405
466
528
589
650
712
773
835
896
958
1019
1080
1142
1203
PLAN O
Using medium unit weights
583
2152
3658
5102
6482
7800
9054
10246
11375
12441
13444
14385
15325
16265
17206
18146
19086
20026
20967
21907
B
W
1166
2910
4617
6289
7925
9525
11090
12618
14111
15570
16991
18377
19762
21148
22534
23920
25305
26691
28077
29462
583
1455
2309
3144
3962
4762
5544
6309
7055
7784
9187
9880
10573
11266
11958
12651
13344
14037
14730
69
181
290
396
499
600
699
794
887
978
1066
1151
1236
1321
1406
1491
1576
1661
1746
1831
PLAN P
Using heavy unit weights
769
2453
4137
5821
7505
9189
10873
12557
14241
15925
17609
19293
20977
22661
24345
26029
27713
29397
31081
32765
B
1538
3765
5993
8221
10449
12676
14904
17131
19359
21586
23814
26041
28269
30496
32724
34951
37179
39406
41634
43861
C
769
1883
2997
4111
5225
6339
7453
8567
9681
10795
11909
13023
141.37
15251
16365
17479
18.593
19707
20821
21935
w
118
297
476
654
833
1012
1190
1369
1548
1726
1905
2084
2262
2441
2620
2798
2977
3156
3334
3513
EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THE TABLES
The weight on the bottom floor of a stack room 7 tiers
high, including of course 6 stack decks, is, in the "light" ex-
ample, 7526 lbs. under each shelf support A, 8715 lbs. under
each shelf support B and 6219 lbs. under each shelf support C,
or a total of 405 lbs. per square foot over the total area of the
stack room floor.
Should it be desired to install a two-tier stack (with one
deck floor) of "medium"' weight, the table shows that the stack
room floor would have to be capable of carrying 181 lbs. per
square foot, in addition to the live load calculated for the floor
and that the concentrated loads under each shelf support would
be: at A, 2152 lbs., at B, 2910 lbs. and at C, 1455 lbs.
[ 85 ]
STACK ROOM WALLS
IT is important to have stack room walls square, straight, plumb and free from projec-
tions, as the building of a book stack to conform to small irregularities is impractical.
The stack must be kept within minimum dimensions, even though the space outside these
dimensions be wasted. All mouldings and projecting trim should be eliminated as they hinder
a close fit. A beam projecting from a wall where there are to be wall ranges is most objec-
tionable because it necessitates the ranges being built out far enough to clear. The uprights
cannot well be notched around, since their strength depends on continuous flanges along the
back edges. Placing the ranges in front of the beam leaves an opening behind, which must
be protected by steel plate or wire mesh backing to prevent books falling through. Wall
ranges should be set close against the walls so that metal range backs are unnecessary as
the pockets formed behind are both space wasting and insanitary.
Stack deck floors are usually connected to adjoining masonry walls at intervals of from
6 feet to 8 feet, in order to tie together and brace both the building and stack and to provide
a partial support for the wall aisles so that they will not have to be cantilevered out from
the shelf supports. As a rule the curb angles bordering the deck floors clear the walls one
inch or two inches to provide for irregularities and ventilation. The floor connections are best
made after the walls are finished. This is done by means of cast iron brackets expansion
bolted into place. Repeated experience has proved the difficulty of depending on the masons
setting anchors in the right positions. If anchors must be built in, they should be specially
designed so that small irregularities of position can be overcome when the stack work is
connected.
It is hardly necessary to say that all outside walls should be furred or insulated so as to
keep dampness away from the books. Common brick painted white does not make a bad
facing for the interior walls of a storage stack. White plaster is better. Next comes light
colored face brick and, best of all, white enameled brick. Plaster is usually put on before
the stack is set, because of the difficulty in working around deck floors and uprights.
[ 86 ]
NATURAL LIGHTING
IN large storage stacks natural light is not necessary and it is often advisable to assign all
outside rooms to other purposes. However, in small libraries it is unlikely that artificial
light will ever entirely supersede daylight. Where daylight is to be depended upon, a larger
window area is required than for ordinary rooms whose interiors are not packed full of books
and stack construction.
From an aesthetic point of view, the design of the windows in a stack room is frequently a
difficult problem. A stack naturally requires a window at the end of every aisle in each tier, but
the outside appearance of such an arrangement is inharmonious with the architectural treat-
ment of most buildings. Consequently, long slit windows have been adopted with such success
that they have come to be considered the typical stack window. They more truly represent their
purpose than rows of small windows as they indicate that the interior behind them is one large
room. Furthermore they may be worked into the exterior design in a way that is both interest-
ing and attractive, as shown in Fig. 123.
In the New York Public Library the centers of the piers are opposite every other range,
while in the Widener Library they are opposite every third range. In both instances there is
Fig. 123. REAR VIEW OF NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY, SHOWING LONG SLIT WINDOWS OF STACK ROOM
BELOW THE LARGE WINDOWS OF THE MAIN READING ROOM
[ 87 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
direct light for each stack aisle. See Figs. 147 and 160. The masonry piers can be stiffened if
necessary by heavy metal ties running across the windows at the deck levels or about 3 feet
above, where they will not cast objectionable shadows. The outside reveal of the windows may
be made as shallow as desired to give room for a folding or stationary ledge inside, a matter of
great convenience for work in the stack. In a narrow stack room it is permissible to have the
ends of the ranges opposite the windows if the uprights are of open construction with a light fin-
ish and wide side aisles. This allows the light to hit at a good angle for illuminating titles.
The position of windows is rather more important than their size since the most valuable
light comes from the glass nearest the ceiling. The highest light is effective for the greatest
distance from the windows and roughly speaking half the illumination comes from the upper
third of glass area. For this reason windows but one tier high can be made nearly as efficient as
slit windows, if their tops are placed a little above the deck floor of the tier overhead so that the
highest rays are unobstructed. See transverse section of Library of Congress stack on page 15.
■ ■Sliiiiiiliiiiiiiiii >
n iiiuiiii
HI H H Hi H iS H B, R R H ■: " S * B s
MLIl^li
i ■ ri ■ ■ ■
m 11 ■ ■iixiii
I
I
^k.
Fig. 124. VIEW IN NORTHWEST COURT, LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, SHOWING WINDOWS OF
NORTH STACK ROOM
[ 88 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Prism glass with ribs arranged to throw the Hght rays horizontally across the stack tiers is
of assistance in illuminating deep rooms. Open work shelf supports, a white finish on the stack
construction and walls, white marble floors and deck slits are valuable for making the available
light go as far as possible. Light rays pass freely through the openings or else are reflected
from the white surfaces. In a stack so designed the books themselves form the principal obstruc-
tion to light.
SNEAD METAL MUSEUM CASE, STYLE "D"
See also pages 82, 100 and 26L
[ 89 ]
o
° >!
m
'o
d)
rn
.■^
n3
o
o
3
O
CO
q;
n
2
£
4^
CO
fl)
o
O
-n
T3
o
O
z;
15
>
O
!-<
ft
rri
-^
_c
<
<
>
cd
J
1
3
O
s
CD
<1J
CO
-C
cv
rd
'—1
-t:
^y
OJ
C
p:
Uh
0;
to
t-i
^^
p,
>
ft
<« .£f
g ^
C/}
« .
<n E
Ml a
;3 o
>-
.a §
W
O
-■3 s
o
u <u
C/J
o a ^
<
t:
33 rS -^
1'^ i
K
fc
o
<
X
OS
oi
o
o
o
>^
*' -^-5
o
2
<
z
M 2 ^
u
. a >
ai
U
<
QJ CO
C
o ^
«'3
St
ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING
THE artificial lighting of modern stack rooms is now accomplished solely by means of
electricity which, if properly installed, is entirely safe. Gas has been found incon-
venient and costly and in some of the old libraries it was discovered that the bindings
and the leaves of books shelved near the ceiling were rapidly being destroyed by its fumes.
Tungsten lamps, because of their economy in the consumption of current, are preferred
to the old style of carbon lamps. Lock sockets should be provided in open stack rooms.
There is much room for improvement in stack lighting systems. As a rule the upper
shelves are brightly illuminated, while the titles of books on the lower shelves are read with
difficulty. The use of opalescent glass shades of proper curvature, aids in lighting up the bot-
tom row of books and protects the eye from the intense glare from the bare filaments, but
the distribution of light which they give is not uniform. Special reflectors are made which
distribute the fight rays equally over the whole face of a range, but they greatly increase the
cost of the lighting installation. Indirect lighting is not generally practicable as it requires
too great a consumption of current. White marble deck floors do much to distribute light
for they not only reflect the rays upwards but diffuse them by reflection from the under side
of the floor above. Where glass floors are used, arrangements are sometimes made to con-
trol the lights of the tier be-
low so that they will shine
up through the floor and illu-
minate the lower shelves.
This method although form-
erly popular, is now seldom
used in new buildings as it
complicates the wiring and
is costly to install.
The choice of a method
for controlling the lights of
a stack room should be de-
termined by the conditions
of use. Small libraries ordi-
narily have one main switch
board controlling all lights
in the stack, with chain pulls
for individual lights. This
arrangement saves in cur-
Fig. 127. ST. CHARLES THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, OVERBROOK. PA. ^^^^ ^^^ .^ ^^^ j^_^^^ ^
View showing electric lights controlled by chain pulls. Conduits carried by stack cover plates. When . ■ , 11 T, 1 ll ,,
second tier is added, conduits can be raised to new level by merely disconnecting them at the walls. tO mStall. it alSO ailOWS the
[ 91 ]
o
"1
to
<
t«
( )
X
o
c
<_)
dJ
>
fe
t-i
z
o
a.
1
IB
«
0)
3
W
to
■*S
>
o
a
a
O
D
H
CO
1)
>«
M-l
cd
Pi
tfi
en
QJ
m
n
aj
1 1
QJ
<D
E
en
cd
-if
C
3
qj
J3
5
o
c
■■0
<v
c
c
-a
0)
c
3
w
O
hfl
s
K
:2
W
c
cfl
0-
s
_Q
oi
0)
<;
-C
K
bn
e
S
tn
U
bo
(U
>,
E
OJ
^
n
-Q
r.
s
o
U
'JB
s
s
3
<:
3
^
K
0)
CQ
^
H-l
OJ
-G
u
en
^
►J
T3
C
OJ
OJ
CQ
N
D
0)
F o
a.
m
c
■-^
10 q5
■^
ca
o
X
"3
H
H
[t1
0)
a
CQ
<
N
■£
bo
c
-a
t^
Xi
IS
en
^
!^
is
C\!
3
bo
o
Q
'c
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
conduits to be run perpendicular to the ranges, so that they are supported by the cover plates
over a single tier or over the top of a stack of several tiers.
The most widely used method of electric light control is to have double push-button
switches on alternate end shelf supports for the lights in each stack aisle. With double
switches it is evident at a glance that the Hghts in any aisle are controlled by the switch nearest
at hand. Sometimes switches are placed on the opposite ends of the same range, for the
convenience of the attendant, who enters at one end of the aisle and leaves at the other. End
switches are also employed where the utilization of the lights below a glass floor is desired.
Occasionally, tassel switches are used at the aisle entrance. These cost less than end
switches and are sometimes necessary where a special design of end shelf support interferes
with the fixed switch box.
In some of the largest stack rooms, gang switches are placed at convenient points to
illuminate large sections at a time, the theory being that Hghts are more likely to be turned
off at one switch than at several. This method is used in the New York Public Library and
was in use in the Library of Congress until supplanted by "time Hmit" switches.
These "time limit" switches are operated by means of clock-work running in oil and are
customarily placed on alternate end shelf supports along the main aisle. As an attendant
enters an aisle to get a book he pushes the nearest switch. He then has to pay no further
attention to the lights as they go out automatically after the lapse of a fixed period of a few
minutes. They can be kept burning indefinitely, however, by inserting a special key in the
switch. Although the price of these switches is from ten to fifteen dollars each, it is esti-
mated that in the Library of Congress they have halved the consumption of current and
globes As they come into use more generally their cost will undoubtedly be decreased.
They will not be recommended, however, by readers who like to browse.
In the Harper Memorial Library of the University of Chicago, the lights in each aisle
are controlled by means of a hinged bar extending across the entrance. When entering the
aisle, the bai is lifted and the lights are automatically turned on. They are switched off again
when the bar is raised at departure. See Fig. 129.
The spacing of the lights varies with conditions, but the general rule is to place 16 candle
power carbon lamps or 25 Watt tungsten lamps about 6 feet apart in range aisles and from
12 feet to 24 feet in the main aisles where the lights are in constant use. Occasionally
a portable bulb, protected by a wire screen and mounted on a handle attached to an extension
cord, is used. These portable Hghts are found convenient for searching lower shelves.
Elpctric wires should always be protected by metal conduits and ducts. These conduits
shoula be designed to have the wires accessible for repairs. If the wires are protected by
metal and the current supply properly fused, there is no danger of fire from a short circuit.
The electric wiring of a stack room is usually a sub-contract with the stack manufacturer.
However, it is best placed under his control, so that the stack work can be properly prepared
to receive the conduits and switches. The appearance and convenience of many stack rooms
have been injured by not considering the lighting question until after the stacks were installed.
[ 93 ]
M
HEATING AND VENTILATING
"ANY different methods for heating and ventilating stack rooms have been attempted,
but none have proved more satisfactory than the system installed in the Library of
Congress stacks. See sections of Library of Congress, pages 14 and 15. This
system will work either in conjunction with the heating arrangements or independently of
them as the weather requires.
The Library of Congress stacks have fresh air intakes leading into the basement from
interior courts covered with grass, and practically free from dust. By means of electric fans
the air is first drawn through closely woven wire mesh screens to eliminate the larger foreign
bodies. It is then thoroughly filtered for the removal of dust and may be washed with water
sprays, although this precaution is seldom found necessary. From the filters, the air passes
through the heating chambers, where radiators heat it to any temperature desired. From
here, under the pressure of the fans and its own natural tendency to rise when warmed, the
air flows into the stack room and up through the stack structure. The deck slits along the
faces of the ranges and around the walls permit an equitable distribution of the fresh air. In
cold weather the difference between the temperature of the air outside and that within the
stack room is sufficient to cause a continuous outward flow through louvres in monitors on the
roof. In warm weather exhaust fans, mounted in the monitors, supplement those in the base-
ment and help to keep the air circulating. The system is rendered fully efficient by the fact
that all the stack room windows are hermetically sealed. Sealed windows also aid considerably
in eliminating the dust. One of the great advantages of this system is that there are no
hot pipes in the stack room to occupy valuable space and injure adjacent books. Nor do the
upper tiers tend to become over-heated as is the case with the direct system of heating from
radiators.
In the stack rooms of small libraries where an indirect heating system is impracticable,
the mistake should not be made of distributing radiators or pipe coils uniformly through the
height of the room. Such an arrangement makes the upper tiers unbearably hot when the lower
ones are only comfortably warm. As the warm air is free to rise through deck slits and stair
wells the space occupied by the stack should be treated as one room and not as a series of
low stories.
Proper atmospheric conditions are of prime importance for the preservation of books.
The following are a few simple rules to follow:
1. Do not overheat the stack room. From 60 degrees to 70 degrees is a good range of
temperature.
2. Avoid dampness and unnatural gases in the atmosphere.
3. Demand cleanliness in the handling of the books both within and without the library.
4. Books should be kept in clean open places where they have the benefit of good
ventilation. Air should circulate freely around each volume to prevent disintegration. The
[ 94 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
late Dr. W. F. Poole said that books breathe
just as do human beings and have practically the
same requirements for fresh clean air.
Mr. William R. Reinick, in his article "In-
sects Destructive to Books," printed by the
American Journal of Pharmacy, recommends
good ventilation and the avoidance of insect
breeding places. He says in part that :
"Late investigations have disclosed facts
which show that insects are not only in search
of the paste in bindings, but also of the cloths,
woods, papers, inks, leathers, parchments, oils,
etc., which go to make up the books.
"It has been stated that more books and
papers are destroyed by small forms of life in
one year than by fire and water combined; and,
from the facts given by various writers and the
statements made to me in letters by many Hbra-
rians and others, especially where the libraries
are located in warmer regions, I am positive
that this statement is true.
"As far as the destruction of these insects
by poisons is concerned, they are practically
worthless, because whenever the poison is used
to destroy one insect it will attract other insects
who have need for this poison."
A stack which lends itself to thorough ventilation and is so constructed as to eliminate
hollow, dust and filth collecting spaces, may be easily fumigated. Occasion for such action arose
in January 1908 when one of the staff of the Washington Public Library was taken ill with
smallpox. The building was promptly closed to the public and disinfected, where necessary,
with formaldehyde. In the stack room the process was simple, owing to the fact that the build-
ing was equipped with a Snead Standard Stack. The ventilating slits in the decks, the open
construction of the shelf supports and shelves, and the entire absence of hollow enclosed spaces
allowed the formaldehyde fumes to penetrate everywhere.
Volumes which have been exposed to contagion should be fumigated individually. This may
be done by the Beebe carbo-gasoline method. This consists of immersing the books in a solution
of gas-machine gasoline containing two per cent, of phenol crystals. After twenty minutes
they are removed and placed before an electric fan for two minutes and then stood on end for
from twenty-four to forty-eight hours.
Another method of disinfecting consists of immersing the books in a solution of gasoline
containing five per cent, of carboHc acid.
Fig. 130. EXAMPLE OF HAVOC WROUGHT BY INSECTS AT
HILL MEMORIAL LIBRARY, BATON ROUGE, LA.
Previous to the installation of the new metal stack.
[ 95 ]
BOOKLIFTS, ELEVATORS AND OTHER
STACK ACCESSORIES
HAND-POWER AND ELECTRIC BOOKLIFTS
THE satisfactory installation of a booklift depends largely upon the selection of that
equipment which best meets the conditions and requirements of each case. There are
two general classes of bookhfts: hand-power and electric. Hand-power lifts are used
in small libraries for short runs and light loads. Those required to carry one or two books
at a time should be light and rapid running while those designed to carry loads of 100 to 200
lbs. or more should be strong and so geared that they operate with ease. When a small hft
may sometimes be used for a few books and at other times for heavy loads, a compromise must
be effected. One type of hand-power lift which has proved very satisfactory for high-speed
services, consists of a pair of balanced trays, or one counterweighted tray, running between
guides. These guides are preferably made of polished brass tubing or Kalameined brass, to
present a neat appearance. One of them may serve as a speaking tube to connect various
floor levels, while the counterweights run within the other. The quick running of this type
makes it useful for serving a delivery counter from a department above or below. A lift
designed for heavy loads, however, must necessarily move slowly. The mechanical apparatus
can be geared for any speed required but, when once set, cannot be readily changed. Booklifts
are usually equipped with a device to make them self sustaining in any position of the run.
In large stacks it is
generally advisable to in- [''Standard par.tition standard ranqe front,
stall electric booklifts.
These are usually built to
carry from 100 to 300 lbs.,
at a speed of about 100 to
150 feet per minute. The
hoisting machine can be
located either at the top or
at the bottom of the shaft.
Generally it is preferable
to have it in the basement
in a small room or wire
mesh enclosure alongside
the shaft, where it can be
readily cleaned by the jani-
tor or engineer. Electric
lifts are best controlled by
Fig. 131-a.
Plan of Booklift shaft running through the end compartments of a series of
superimposed ranges.
[ 96 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 131-b. VIEW OF BOOKLIFT CAR AND STEEL PANEL ENCLOSURE, AKRON, OHIO, PUBLIC LIBRARY
The booklift travels through the end compartments of a series of superimposed ranges. For plan of a similar arrangement, see
Fig. 131-a. on opposite page. The enclosure is frequently made of panels of wire mesh similar to that forming the backing of
the single-faced range alongside the stairway.
means of push-buttons arranged to meet different requirements of service. Safety devices
render these push-buttons inoperative while any booklift door is open or while a car is in
motion. The several systems of control are as follows:
One Point Control with Signals. With this system there is a central controlling station
to which all messages must be sent and from which point the booklifts are operated. This
control is efficient in a stack employing more than one lift.
Full Automatic Control. This consists of a full set of controller buttons, on each of the
floors or decks, by means of which the car is called to or sent from the station.
Call Button Only. This system is used where telephones are installed in the stack room.
It is similar to the Full Automatic Control except that the car can only be called to a station
and cannot be sent to other points.
Cars are generally made of steel, 12 to 18 inches deep, 2 to 3 feet wide and 2 to 3 feet
high. Removable shelves are convenient for handling books of various sizes.
[ 97 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
At times a booklift is located outside the stack room, and opens into it, but almost in-
variably, it is placed directly in the stack room, where it is most accessible for the attendants.
When installed within the stack it is generally included in the stack contract, since the stack
manufacturer must provide the structural framing and enclosure for the Hft shaft, the Hft it-
self being supplied by a specialist. It frequently develops that the greatest convenience and
compactness can be obtained by running the lift as shown in Figs. 131-a and 131-b.
ELECTRIC ELEVATORS
The most serviceable elevator for a stack room is one large enough to accommodate
both passengers and book trucks. Push button control, consisting of a call button at the ele-
vator door and a bank of push buttons inside the car, renders the services of an attendant
unnecessary. Safety appliances, similar to those used with electric booklifts, are always pro-
vided. Electric elevators should only be used in large libraries and tall stacks as their installa-
tion forms a rather disproportionate expense for a small library.
BOOK CONVEYORS
Automatic book conveyors are designed to carry books both vertically and horizontally
and perhaps from one building to another. Their action may be almost human in intelligence
and in fact, mistakes are generally the fault of the operator and not of the conveyor. A de-
scription of the book conveyors in the Library of Congress will serve to explain the working
of such appliances. See section of Library of Congress on page 14.
Conveyors in Stack. Each of these consists of a pair of parallel, endless sprocket chains,
20J inches apart, driven continuously throughout the day, at a speed of 100 feet per minute,
by means of a small electric motor. The chains run over sheaves of such size that the hanging
trays pass freely over the axles wherever the direction is changed. Eighteen book trays are
suspended from the chains at equal intervals. These trays are made of aluminum, for light-
ness, with small fittings of brass and ii'on. The tray bottoms consist of horizontal sets of
parallel brass fingers, five-eighths inch apart, attached at the back and turning up slightly in
front to prevent the books from projecting over. The trays thus pass flatwise through similar
sets of teeth, or toothed racks, located at the various stations. At deck stations two such
racks are provided, one at the arriving and the other at the departing part of the chain, for
the automatic delivery and taking on of books. In the reading room both racks are on the
same side, one above the other, one sloping inward, the other outward. As a tray arrives
at its delivery station its contents are combed off and slide into a softly padded box. The
capacity of each tray is the equivalent of a quarto, 3^ inches thick. The automatic action of
the trays is secured through a'set of movable spurs or keys on the back, one for each station
and one general key. When a book is taken on, a dial is set by hand by which the general
key is withdrawn and the tray prevented from responding to any call until its load is dis-
charged at the proper station.
Conveyor to Capitol. This consists of trolleys running between parallel rails and having
attached to them carriers large enough to hold a bound newspaper volume or a leather pouch
of similar size and shape, for small books and other matter. Each carrier consists of a
set of deep parallel hooks similar to the hanging human hand with fingers turned upwards,
[ 98 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
nearly to the top. They are hung Hke a pendulum and always travel in an upright position,
their loads being taken on and removed by the carriers passing upwards or downwards through
toothed racks. The conveyors are moved by means of small flexible, endless wire cables, of
which there are three along the route: one in the library, one in the capitol and the third,
connecting these two, in the tunnel between the two buildings. The cable in the central loop
is driven faster than those in the buildings, thus increasing the speed of deliveries.
ENCLOSURES
Elevators, Hfts, conveyors, etc., running through a stack require some form of enclosure.
This is generally made of a steel frame with panels of steel plates, wire mesh or wire glass.
Panels of flat wire, woven into a square mesh, are recommended since they give an attractive,
Ught and open appearance. Steel plates while somewhat cheaper are not so satisfactory.
MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
Pneumatic Tubes are used in large libraries for transmitting messages between the
delivery desk and the different stack levels. The system consists of metal tubing installed be-
tween the various points of communication, and cartridge shaped carriers, usually about two
inches in diameter, which hold the message slips. A partial vacuum formed in the tubes in
front of the carriers causes the atmospheric pressure to drive them to their destination.
Their cost of installation and operation is prohibitive for a small library.
The Telautograph is a delicate electrical apparatus, with writing pad attachment, by
means of which a fac-simile of any message written at the sending station is immediately re-
produced at the receiving station. It is sometimes used instead of the pneumatic tube service.
Intercommunicating Telephones are used in large modern library buildings to connect
the different departments with each other and the stack tiers with the delivery desk. Auto-
matic telephones are now on the market'which eliminate the necessity of a central exchange.
PNEUMATIC CLEANING
A pneumatic cleaning apparatus is a valuable accessory for any stack. By its use, dust
is actually removed from books and floors instead of merely being stirred up to settle in an-
other place. A stationary plant is quite unnecessary and costs considerably more to install
and operate than a portable machine, as the latter has only short tube lines and consequently
loses very httle power in transmission. Furthermore, it need only be in operation while
cleaning is actually being done. The portable machine can be attached either to the electric
light sockets in the stack or to plugs specially provided at convenient points.
Probably the most efficient cleaning machine for a library stack room is a combination
plenum and vacuum apparatus with two hose connections, one terminating in a hook shaped
nozzle which serves as a blower, and the other terminating in a cone shaped bell at the apex
of which is attached the vacuum tube. The operator works with blower in one hand and bell
in the other. He passes the nozzle back along the tops of books or other dust covered sur-
faces and blows the dust forward in the direction of the bell. It is then drawn into the
vacuum tube and filtered out by the machine. By this means, dust is driven from small crevices
and corners which could not be reached by a regular vacuum cleaning apparatus.
[ 99 ]
UNDERGROUND BOOKSTACKS
LITTLE has been done as yet towards building bookstacks underground, except in so
far as basement rooms of library buildings have been utilized. However, this method
A of storage becomes a necessity when adjacent space is required and architectural con-
siderations or injury to light prevent an above ground addition. The expense of an under-
ground stack is greater than that of a stack of corresponding capacity above ground, on
account of excavating, heavy retaining walls, underpinning of adjacent buildings and admin-
istration solely with artificial lighting and ventilation.
As dampness is extremely injurious to books, the floor, roof and walls of the under-
ground stack room should be thoroughly waterproofed. They should also be carefully insu-
lated so that they will not be cold enough to condense the moisture in the air that touches
them. A cork paint on all interior surfaces, where practicable, will prevent condensation
although it cannot be wholly depended upon for insulation. Provision should also be made to
prevent surface water draining into the stack during heavy rains or in times of fire in ad-
jacent buildings.
In humid weather the temperature of the underground stack must be kept above that of
the outside air, otherwise the increased pressure will force out the dissolved moisture and
cause condensation on the metal work.
SNEAD BRONZE MUSEUM CASE, STYLE "P"
See also pages «2, H9 and 261.
[ 100 ]
PARTIAL EQUIPMENT
IN planning a library building, sufficient stack space should be provided to accommodate
growth for many years. It is often advisable to install only a part of the bookstack at
the outset and to make future extensions as required. If there is no roofing or masonry
work to be done, this proceedure is a simple matter and may be handled in several ways to
meet various conditions of the general plan of the building.
1. The first tier or first few tiers of the stack may be installed at the beginning, with
provision for the addition of future tiers above. In this case it is well to equip the upper-
most tier with a portion of the framing for the deck next above so that the electric conduits
Pj^ ^32 BANGOR PUBLIC LIBRARY, BANGOR, ME.
ViL in basement tier showing bare structural steel columns partially equipped with shelf supports and shelves. The columns
support the second tier ^vhich is on a level with the main floor of the buildmg.
[ 101 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
for this tier may be permanently supported by passing them through the steel floor members.
If this is done, the electrical work will not have to be disturbed when the height of the stack
is increased.
2. A portion of the stack room may be equipped with a stack of full height and future
expansion effected by adding additional tiers of ranges, from time to time, to cover the balance
of the available floor
space. The overhang
of the deck floors pro-
jecting beyond the
stack ranges can be
carried by tempora-
ry struts so arranged
that they will not
have to be removed
until the new ranges
take up the deck
loads. The guard
raUs placed between
these struts can be
disconnected and re-
used each time an ad-
dition is made.
3. When a library
is so planned that an
upper tier of the book-
stack is on a level
with the main floor
of the building, this
tier, being needed
most, should of course be installed first. This necessitates support from the tiers below but
does not require the installation of full equipment. The initial cost of the stack can be re-
duced by supplying only the shelf supports and deck framing of the lower tiers and omitting
the shelves and floor slabs. Or the combination cast iron and steel construction, page 26,
may be used. In this case only the deck framing and central steel columns for the shelf
supports need be supplied in the lower tiers as seen in Fig. 118, page 82, thus further reducing
the initial expense. The stack may be extended either by attaching shelf supports to the steel
columns or by building on more tiers above.
Fig. 133.
BANGOR PUBLIC LIBRARY, BANGOR, ME.
View in second tier showing stack ready to receive tiie future second deck and third and fourth tiers. The top
cover plates are provided with a removable steel cornice which can be reused on the future tiers above. Tempo-
rar.v bars support the electric conduits, which will later be suspended under the deck floor framing of the third
tier, so that they will not have to be disturbed when the additional work is installed.
[ 102 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING
.4 SECTION DEVOTED TO SPECIAL ARTICLES ON THE PRINCIPLES
INVOLVED IN THE PLANNING OF LIBRARY BUILDINGS
SOME ESSENTIALS OF LIBRARY DESIGN
By A. D. F. HAMLIN, A. M, L. H. D.
Professor of the History of Architecture, Columbia University; Consulting Architect to Carnegie
Library Committee of Brooklyn, N Y. and to Building Committee for Central Library, Brooklyn.
HE public library is one of the
most highly developed types
of buildings to be found in
American architectural prac-
tice. By careful study of the
problems it presents, prima-
rily by librarians and second-
arily by architects, its require-
ments and the best means and devices for meeting
them have been more completely woi'ked out and
standardized than those of any other type of edifice
except the modern office building. Taken as a whole,
the libraries of the United States, large and small,
represent American architecture well-nigh at its best.
Library buildings may be broadly divided into
two main classes, the large and the small, the dif-
ference between which is one not merely of size but
also of function. To the first class belong all those
in which the gathering under one roof of a variety
of functions and services necessitates a special and
complex plan for their accommodation; to the second,
all such as by reason of simplicity of function and
organization have simple plans and can be super-
vised by a very small staff. Thus it may happen that
the single library which serves an entire town of
moderate size may be smaller and simpler than a
branch library in a large city.
All libraries are devices for bringing books and
readers together. As such they comprise in all cases
three fundamental elements: First, accommodations
for the books; Second, accommodations for the
readers; Third, accommodations for the staff— the
active human agents in bringing books and readers
together.
To these fundamental elements may be added
any number of accessories, such as picture galleries,
lecture rooms, club rooms, workshops for printing,
binding and the like. But these are not in them-
selves essentials of a library building. The three
classes of accommodations mentioned above are
essentials and must be provided in every building
however small. Such accessoi'ies as a heating plant,
toilet rooms, stairs, vestibules etc., are of course
included in any complete public building.
The art of library design is the art of providing
the most perfect accommodations for each of the
three above named requirements, in such relation to
each other that the books will be transferred from the
shelf to the reader in the shortest possible time with
the fewest steps and least labor both for readers and
attendants.
Before discussing the various means for accom-
plishing these ends, it is in order to set forth briefly
a more detailed classification of library buildings
with reference to the character of their service.
Here again two main divisions appear: reference
libraries, whose books are used only within the build-
ing; and circulating libraries, from which the reader
may borrow books to be taken home. Practically
all public libraries of this second class provide also
for the use of books within the building, so that the
combination of the two kinds of service does not
constitute a third and distinct class. In such build-
ings the two classes of readers may be served, as in
[ 103 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
the smaller libraries, from one central loan desk; or,
as in the larger libraries, in different rooms, from
different desks and by distinct sets of attendants.
Special subdivisions of these two classes are
formed by the libraries of colleges or other learned
institutions, professional organizations and other
societies or clubs. In these the use of the library is
restricted to certain privileged classes —the members
of the institution, club or association; and in the
case of professional and technical libraries, the books
are confined to a more or less narrow range of sub-
jects connected with the profession or science to
which the library belongs. These restrictions give
occasion for special arrangements not required or
not practical in the generality of public libraries.
ACCOMMODATIONS FOR BOOKS
Taking up now in order the three essential fac-
tors of a library plan, we may remark that the storage
of books may be on any one of three systems, or a
combination of them: (a) the alcove system; (b) the
open shelf system; (c) the stack system. By the
first of these, the gi-eater portion of the area of a
large room, on one or both sides, is divided into
alcoves by book-cases projecting from the wall. The
books are stored in these cases and on wall shelves,
often in two or three stories forming galleries.
In the majority of public hbraries, until the later
years of the nineteenth centui-y, the major part of the
books wci-e stored upon the shelves of alcoves two or
three stories high, opening upon a lofty central hall or
passage, as in the former Astor Library, New York,
the Peabody Library in Baltimore, the Cincinnati
Library (see page 13) and most of the famous Old
World libraries. The second system is that which
places the books within the immediate reach of all
the readers, either in wall cases, or in wall cases and
wing cases forming alcoves, usually shallow and
limited to li feet in height, so that all volumes are
within arm's reach of an ordinary adult. By the
third system the books are stored in bookstacks,
forming tiers of shelves in stories not over Tg feet
high, set as close together as convenience will allow,
in a wing or structure quite distinct from the read-
ing rooms, though a part of the same building, and
placed so as to be chrectl.\' accessible from the loan
desk or delivery- room. It may be separated by fire-
walls and fire-proof doors from the rest of the build-
ing; or, if the whole building be thoroughly fire-
proof, it may form an open chamber or wing extend-
ing back from the main structure. The stacks are
metal structures, independent of the walls of the
buildings, and are usually designed and erected by
concerns which make a specialty of their construction,
upon specifications prepared by the architect, prefer-
ably with the technical advice and assistance of the
stack manufacturer, to fit the structure he has de-
signed. The system of storage in stacks, which has
revolutionized American library design, was devised
by Professor William R. Ware, to solve the problem
of the enlargement of the Harvard College Library
in 1876. In these stacks the shelves were of wood,
but were carried by an iron framework standing in-
dependent of the walls from the cellar up, and sup-
porting its own floors.
In the modern stacks the shelves are usually of
metal. The stack system is of especial value where
a large number of volumes must be stored in a re-
stricted space, or kept together under the control of
the library staff. The open shelf system — which has
given rise to much controversy between those who
believe that the loss of books due to free access of
readers to shelves is more than offset by the advan-
tages of such free access, and those who do not — is
frequently made use of in particular reading rooms
of libraries which at the same time store the greater
part of their books in a stack room or stack wing.
The alcove system has been generally abandoned
since about 1890, because the projecting stacks or
cases separating the alcoves cast wide shadows and
cut off a large part of the room from the view of the
attendant in charge. Where, however, the number
of readers is small or restricted to certain definite
classes, as in most libraries of colleges and clubs or
societies, well-lighted alcoves may be advantageously
provided, each alcove being devoted to one general
department or category of books and made large
enough to accommodate several readers at one table.
Such alcoves form a series of quiet study rooms
opening upon a central hall or corridor, each profit-
ing by the spaciousness and airiness of the large
room of which all are a part, while affording some-
what of the quiet and seclusion of a special study
room. Modern examples of such a room are seen in
the University Club and in the Avery Architectural
Library of Columbia University, both in New York.
For public libraries in general, however, the arrange-
ment is wasteful of space and difl^cult of supervis-
ion. In the new Springfield, Mass., City Library (see
pages 202 and 203) there is an interesting combina-
[ 104 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 134.
READING ROOM. UNITED ENGINEERING SOCIETIES,
NEW YORK CITY
View showing alcove arra ngement for study tables. Snead Standard Stack installed in the second tier.
Books on each of the various branches of engineering are arranged around their respective alcoves.
tion of the three systems, in a large open-shelf room
with two-storied radiating stacks, controlled from
the attendant's desk at the center of radiation and
forming, by their outward divergence, a series of
open alcoves near the windows, each with its readers'
tables.
ACCOMMODATIONS FOR READERS
These comprise three principal features: the
reading room, card catalogs and delivery desk. The
last claims our attention first as the connecting link
between the stored books and the readers. It is the
central point and focus of the library, in which the
three elements of the library meet— books, staff and
readers. Theoretically, therefore, it should stand
between the stack room and the reading rooms, and
this is its usual physical location. Thus placed, it
should be so disposed as to "control"- that is, com-
mand a view of— the largest possible portion of the
public space in front and on either side— entrance,
deHvery-space, card-catalog-space and reading rooms
—and at the same time be in closest proximity to
the chief supply of books, which is usually a stack
room or stack space. The space behind the delivery
desk should be ample for the maximum number of
attendants who may at any time serve it; it is better
to have it too large than too small. It must be
abundantly lighted, preferably
by side windows, as overhead
lighting by a skylight fails early
in the day. On no account
should the attendants here be
compelled to depend during the
daylight hours on artificial light.
A sufficient space should be left
free in front of the desk for the
readers who are awaiting their
books or their turn at the desk.
READING ROOMS
Reading rooms are of various
kinds: general reading rooms,
children's rooms, reference
rooms, magazine or periodical
rooms, special rooms for fiction,
history, art books, technical
branches, etc.; special study
rooms, seminar rooms, in col-
lege and university libraries for
conference between students
and teachers, etc., etc. Each kind of room demands
its special treatment as to size, location and equip-
ment, but certain considerations apply to all alike.
The shape may be almost any simple geometrical
form consistent with perfect lighting and good ser-
vice, but it should be without ells, recesses, deep al-
coves or encumbering columns and projections- the
simpler the better. Circular and octagonal rooms,
though often condemned by theorists, present no
fundamental objections, and where the alcove or
open shelf system prevails, may be made extremely
convenient as well as architecturally imposing, as
in the beautiful Radcliffe Library at Oxford, the
British Museum reading room in London, the Con-
gressional Library at Washington and the Columbia
University Library. The objections alleged against
these examples are due to defects of planning and
arrangement in other respects rather than to the
mere form of the room itself.
The most important fundamental consideration
in the form of the reading room is its lighting. If
lighted from one side, its width should not be more
than 50 to 60 per cent, greater than its height to
the top of the windows. Windows may have sills
as much as 4^ or even 5 feet from the floor in a
room of 14 or 15 feet clear height. This allows of
wall cases 3i to 4i feet high continuously along
[ 105
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
the window wall in open shelf rooms. It is the high
light that counts in lighting the further parts of the
room. A reading room lighted on both sides may
be 30 or more feet wide with a height of 15 feet.
Skylighting may be employed in certain cases, but
as already remarked, it fails early in the day as com-
pared with side lighting, and should never be the
sole means of day lighting when side lighting is
possible.
Reading rooms should be planned so as to be
within easy reach of the stack room, unless res-
tricted to the use of books stored in the reading
room itself; and so as to be completely visible and
controllable from the central desk or, as in the
larger libraries, from that of the special wing or
department to which each belongs.
PROVISION FOR THE STAFF
Accommodations for the staff comprise in gen-
eral: (a) oihces for the librarian and his assistants;
(b) catalogers' room or rooms; (c) rooms for special
services, such as accessions, branch station delivery,
etc.; (d) workshops for printing, binding, repairing,
packing and unpacking books, and for mechanical
repairs; (e) locker rooms, lunch rooms and rest rooms
for the staff; and (f) janitor's quarters, store rooms,
etc. In large libraries and central libraries, a trus-
tees' room and committee rooms will be required.
No general rule can be laid down for these, but in
all cases the convenience of the users of the room,
good lighting and easy access are the essential con-
siderations. Avoid dark and tortuous corridors,
steep and winding stairs, toilet rooms opening di-
rectly opposite public rooms or upon conspicuous
passages, and study the minor, as well as the greater,
amenities and comforts of the service.
HEATING, VENTILATION, ETC.
With regard to heating, ventilating and artifi-
cial lighting, each building presents a special prob-
lem, and the only general rule to be laid down is that
of making excessive rather than inadequate provision
for all three, so as to allow for later expansion. The
success of a system of heating and ventilation de-
pends less upon the system than upon the way it is
designed and carried out. The advice of a compe-
tent engineer expert in laying out and superintend-
ing the installation of the system should always be
sought. The extra expense of such service is in the
end an economy and not a loss. With regard to
the artificial lighting two things are important, that
it should be abundant, and that as far as possible
all lights should be prevented from glaring directly
into the eyes of the readers. What is called "in-
direct lighting" should be resorted to as far as
practicable. It costs more in current, but saves eye-
strain.
PRELIMINARIES TO BUILDING
In undertaking the erection of a library build-
ing, supposing an eligible site to have been secured,
the first step is to formulate a definite program of
the accommodations to be required, in as great de-
tail as possible, with the aid of the librarian if he
has had experience in such matters; otherwise with
the aid of a consulting expert, who should be either
an experienced librarian or an architect of estab-
lished and varied experience in library design. In
some cases it might even be well to employ experts
in both professions. The choice of the architect to
design the building upon the program thus pre-
pared should be made directly if possible. A com-
petition may be resorted to in the case of a large
and important edifice, if the committee in charge
find themselves unable to agree upon a direct selec-
tion. In that case care must be taken to place the
conduct of the competition in the hands of a com-
petent expert and to make it conform in all respects
to the requirements of the Code of the American
Institute of Architects, otherwise it will be impos-
sible to secure the participation in the competition
of architects of the highest reputation, whether
members of the Institute or not. In the case of
large and costly buildings, it is often a wise economy
to employ, throughout the whole process of design
and erection, a competent consulting architect hav-
ing no other relation to the enterprise. His disin-
terested advice is often of the greatest value in pre-
venting or correcting errors of taste or judgment
on the part alike of committee and architect, avoid-
ing controversies, and arbitrating them when they
arise. Never attempt cheese-paring in the matter
of fees and commissions. Competent architects,
engineers and expert librarians are worth all they
cost, and none other should be employed.
In the matter of cost, it is wise to figure up
the approximate actual total cubic contents of all
the required areas, from cellar floor to roof, add
one-third for walls, stairs, corridors, halls, closets
and contingencies, and multiply this by a figure of
[ 106 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING. BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 135.
THE MAIN READING ROOM, LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
cost per cubic foot to be furnished by an experienced
architect or builder for the type of construction and
finish desired. Then cut down your requirements
to remove the excess which this calculation almost
invariably produces over the sum available— or in-
crease the appropriation. The actual cost of other
buildings of approximately like character and size
will assist in reaching a fair and practical result.
Committees, like many other clients, are apt to re-
quire of their architect far more than their funds
will allow, and this is not fair, either to the archi-
tect or to themselves.
As to construction: except where abundant
funds are available, the cost should go into solid
construction rather than into architectural splendor.
Build fire-proof ivhenever possible. In every case,
without exception, the book room or stack room.
and stacks should be fire-proof; also the stairs and
stair halls where a second story exists, and the floor
construction above the heating plant. Avoid wood-
en furring and wooden laths in non-fireproof
structures. Take special pains with the roof to
avoid possibility of leakage from either rain or
snow. Entrust the building of your stacks to none
but experienced stack-builders. Remember that
first-cost economies may result in cost for mainten-
ance and repairs far greater than the interest on the
saving effected. Solidity, simplicity, durability and
convenience should be the watchwords of every
library building committee.
CAPACITY
In figuring on the storage or volume capacity
of a library, allow a general average of eight vol-
umes per running foot of single shelving. Law-
books may be figured at four or five volumes,
children's books at ten volumes, per running foot.
Allow on the average 1 foot of height per shelf.
Make special allowance for large reference books and
art books. Stacks and shelving generally are set up
in 3-foot sections, 7 to Tg feet to a story. Thus
a double-faced stack section with seven shelves will
hold on the average 7x3x8x2 volumes = 336
volumes; a single-faced or wall section of the same
height, 168 volumes. Double stacks are generally
set 3 to 4 feet apart. A closely set stack room will
contain, when all the shelves are filled, twenty-two
to twenty-five volumes per story per square foot;
eighteen to twenty volumes is a safer estimate. Thus
a stack room 20 x 40 feet inside measurement, with
six stories of stacks, should accommodate 800 x 20
X 6 = 96,000 volumes. But this makes no allowance
for expansion, for which ample room should always
be left.
From the "Elementary Principles" laid down
by the American Library Association to be ob-
served in library construction, the following coun-
sels are especially commended to the attention of
library building-committees:
"The interior airangement should be planned
before the exterior is co?isidered.
"Plans should provide for future growth and
development.
"A library should be carefully planned for
economical administration.
"Public rooms should be planned for complete
supervision by the fewest possible attendants.
"No convenience of arrangement should be
sacrificed for architectural effect.
"There should be good natural light in all parts
of the building. Windoios should extend to the
ceiling.
"In a book room or stack, windows should be
opposite the aisles.
"Flights of stairs should be straight and not
circular. "
To these excellent counsels may be added:
In public libraries the main floor should be as
near as possible to the street level.
Rooms and offices open to the public should be
arranged so as to be easily and obviously accessible.
Corridors and communications should be as
short, straight and direct as possible. Stairs should
have easy steps, never more than twelve between land-
ings, and should not be too wide.
Other things being equal, a building on a simple
and obvious plan costs less, both to cmi and to admin-
ister, than one built on complex lines.
[ 108
PLANNING A LIBRARY BUILDING
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO BOOKSTACKS
By THEODORE W. KOCH, M. A., Librarian, University of Michigan
Reprinted from ■' MIchifidii Libraries.' Vol. 1, No. /, .June, 1912.
THE rapid development of American libraries
is constantly commented upon. There are
many ways of gauging this growth— by
comparison of the number and sizes of libraries, by
statements of the area over which they have
spread, or statistics of their use. A comparative
study of the older buildings and the new ones will
serve equally well the purpose of illustrating the
changed conditions. In Boston the old public
library on Boylston Street, one of the earliest of
the alcove type of building, was vacated a score
of years ago. The Boston Athenaeum, recently
remodeled, still stands as a representative of this
class, where the books are arranged in alcoves,
several tiers high, running around the sides of the
reading rooms. In New York the Astor Library
was the best illustration of this style of library
architecture. Most of the larger cities of the East
have outgrown this type and moved their book
collections into modern structures with splendidly
equipped rooms for different classes of readers and
fire-proof stacks for the reservoir supply of books.
In the main buildings of the public Hbraries of
Detroit and Cincinnati, old alcove structures are
still in use and on entering these the visitor is at
once impressed with the inaccessibility of the books,
the waste of space from a structural standpoint,
and the disturbance to readers not only from at-
tendants going to the various alcoves for books,
but also from the presence of so many volumes
rising in tier over tier of ornate iron supports and
shelving. The effect is not productive of a quiet
receptive state of mind. Contrast this sort of a
reading room with the dignity of Bates Hall in
Boston, or the new reading room of the New York
Pubhc Library. Here we do not feel overburdened
with the accumulation of the ages around us. On
open shelves around the room are the most im-
portant reference books, while the main stock of
books is in the background and the reader has his
few selected volumes brought out to him where he
can study them in surroundings suited to assimila-
tion. The, old idea of the library as a storage place
for books is giving way to the modern one of the
library as an educational institution where books
are to be used as tools. The old alcove construc-
tion with all the books in sight helped the reader
to realize the storage idea, but to-day everyone
knows that the modern stack is the better storage
house and it is best to have most of the reading
done outside of the stack.
In the earliest buildings equipped with stacks
there was a distinct line of demarcation between
the stack and the reading room, emphasized by a
fire-proof wall. The reading room was quite bare
of books, the entire collection being kept in the
stack room, which was in consequence called the
book room. To-day the reading room must be well
equipped with the best up-to-date reference books,
some standard authors and open shelves or display
racks for popular books, while the stacks are used
for the storage of the bulk of the collection. In the
smaller libraries the book stack is frequently noth-
ing more than a single tier of compact double-faced
shelving at one side or in the back of the reading
room, to which everybody has free access. In the
larger libraries one sees the stack in its more
characteristic form, occupying a separate wing of
the building, distinguished on the exterior by the
regular rows of narrow windows, close together,
suggesting an interior framework of steel, with a
range of shelving between each pair of windows,
and with glass or marble floors at such a distance
apart that a person of average height can with
ease reach the books on the uppermost shelf, which
nearly touches the ceiling. While the average
stack is so planned that the light of day is sufficient
to enable an attendant to find any book stored in
[ 109 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
it, the use of electric light
makes it possible to erect stacks
in the interior of buildings and
for the storage of less used ma-
terial under gi'ound. Stacks of
this type do not permit the su-
pervision of readers and are not
ordinarily open to the general
public.
In planning a library the
general outlines should be deter-
mined by the architect and libra-
rian in consultation. Of recent
years we have seen the archi-
tects and librarians coming to
a better understanding of one
another. Mutual concessions
have been made and the archi-
tect has begun to reaHze that
he can learn something about
what a modern library building
ought to be by consulting the
librarian, and the latter has con-
fessed his dependence upon the
architect for putting into con-
crete shape whatever is practi-
cable in his sometimes unformed
ideas as to the relation of the
various parts of the building.
The change in this respect is
illustrated by comparing the
splendid accommodations for
the public card catalog, the
union catalog and the like in the
New York Public Library,
with the lack of adequate pro-
vision for anything of this kind
in the Boston Pubhc Library. In one case the Hbra-
rian planned for this special feature, while in the
other the architect was uninstructed on this particu-
lar need, or, we might say, the dimensions to which
the card catalogs were to grow had not been realized.
There is a general feeling that the problems
of adapting library buildings to the changing
methods of library administration will be worked
out by the library and the architectural professions
jointly. As stated by one architect, the first work
must be done by the librarian and should consist
in reducing to writing a description of the purpose
and scope of the library, particularly helpful if the
Fig. 136.
BOSTON ATHEN/EUM
View of reading room, taken before alterations, showing alcove stack arrangement. The same general
arrangement, but with new Snead Standard Stacks, followed in remodeling.
library be of some such special type as that of a
college or university. The study required to formu-
late and classify his own ideas would doubtless lead
the librarian into some new conceptions of the pur-
pose of his library. The future as well as the pres-
ent must be considered and other libraries should
be visited with a mind open for new impressions
and ready to gi-aft any improved ideas upon the
parent stock.
The architect, having consulted with the libra-
rian and being in possession of his data, should
study the problem sympathetically and try to get the
point of view of the man who is later to administer
[ 110 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
the building and the institution it houses. That the
building should be planned from the inside is an
axiom not only approved by librarians, but recog-
nized as fundamental by architects. We know of
Hbrary buildings where the design of the exterior
has governed the arrangement of the interior to a
lamentable extent, as where a French renaissance
exterior of what would seem to a passer-b\' a one-
story building, encases a three-story structure.
There is no special design to whicli the library
exterior can be said to conform. Like the interior,
it has changed with the changing methods of
library administration. The problem has been to
provide rooms of varying sizes, arranged for the
carrying on of certain library work, and the exterior
is largely determined by the arrangement of these
inner factors.
Considerations that will enter into the planning
of the library, and especially of the stack, are :
First. The nature of the library, whether a col-
lege, university or a public library. The books in a
university library are used intensively by a limited
number of readers; the under-graduates are not or-
dinarily admitted to the stacks. In a public library
the circulation feature is usually predominant.
Second. Whether wholly a reference library, or
partly for circulation, or an open access library. If
the public is to be admitted to the shelves, the aisles
are naturally made wider than if the stack is pri-
marily for storage and is open to the attendants only.
Third. The size of the library. In a very small
library, free access is taken for granted and wall
shelving wiU suffice. For a library requiring only
a small stack, but one tier high, and with httle
likelihood of outgrowing it, a radiating stack is
found to reduce the difficulties of supervision.
Where more than one tier of metal stacks is built
on the radiating principle, the cost of construction
is so much higher than in the ordinary parallel
arrangement as to be prohibitive.
Fourth. The class of books to be housed. Scien-
tific and technological books require deeper shelving
than volumes of belles lettres. Books on architec-
ture and the fine arts require special shelving, while
newspapers are a problem by themselves. No class
of books will eat up the shelving so rapidly as our
metropolitan dailies. If the policy of the library is
to include any special collection of considerable size
along any line it would be very helpful if it were
known in advance of planning the building. If bound
newspapers are to be indulged in to any great extent'
it would be desirable to have the stack run below
ground where the simplest form of structural work
could be used to accommodate these bulky volumes.
One item that will help decide the question of
the size of the stack needed is the average annual
growth of the library. For the average public library
it will be necessary to consider in this connection
such factors as the number of books discarded each
year, and the number of these that are replaced.
In a college or university library the discards are
comparatively few, being mainly in the class of text
books, and required or collateral reading. In the
smaller public library the average number of books
out in circulation will enter into the problem. A
given amount of shelving will accommodate a certain
number of books; but if in a small library one-fifth
of the collection is as a rule out in circulation only
four-fifths the amount of shelving is necessary that
would be required if the books were not allowed to
circulate or were of a character which would not
tempt readers to borrow them. Of course, it is at
no time desirable to have all the shelves filled to
overflowing. From a fourth to a third of vacant
shelf room ought to be available for shifting the
collection when large additions are made or when
reclassification of any section becomes desirable.
The custodians of many of our smaller public
libraries feel the necessity for constant "weeding
out" of their collections, sending to the larger
depository libraries of the neighborhood such
material as has not been called for within a given
time, or disposing by sale of items which seem un-
suited to their particular clientele. This tends to
keep down the size of the collection and to prevent
its growing too rapidly out of its shelf accom-
modations.
But do what we librarians may, books will
accumulate on our hands at a surprisingly rapid
rate. The common mistake is to build too small
rather than too large a building, and especially too
small a stack. I know of one college library that
had no sooner been comfortably settled in its new
Carnegie building than its custodian was compelled
to ask for additional stack room; and I know of a
university library which has a building under way
with a stack so wholly inadequate that one would
think that even the trustees of the institution could
see what they were bringing upon themselves— the
necessity of an extension within a few years, with
[ 111 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
the risk of the usual patchwork effect. It is seldom
indeed that a university library is planned with a com-
prehensive scheme for future development. Students
come and go, their numbers increasing but slowly,
while the books come, for the most part, to stay.
Hence the book storage space is liable to be outgrown
much sooner than the accommodations for readers.
A location that must present architectural
facades on all sides is unfavorable to extension. It
is better to have a distinct front and rear. A cor-
ner lot or a site with parking all around it necessi-
tates a greater expenditure for building materials,
while an inside lot, with good frontage, admits of a
utilitarian stack on the rear without any architec-
tural pretensions whatsoever. Sloping ground is
advantageous for practical reasons as giving a chance
for a high basement in the rear, with two or more
stack levels below the main reading room floor. Of
course it is desirable that the library should be
separated from other buildings as far as possible, so
as to give an abundance of light and air on all sides
and to diminish the danger from fire.
To sum up : The first thing for a board of
trustees to do in planning a library building is to
get a librarian, if a competent one is not already in
their service. It will not do to think that a make-
shift librarian will answer during the period of plan-
ning and building, and that a better one can be en-
gaged after the new building is erected and occupied.
It may then be too late to rectify blunders which will
represent a serious annual drain on the resources of
the library, costing in the aggregate many times the
difference between the salary of the makeshift and
the competent librarian. The competent librarian
should be on hand from the beginning, even before
the new building is thought of. He may be needed
to point out the necessity for better accommodations,
or to create a demand for larger activities. When
on hand it will be impossible for him to be ignored.
If competent he will make himself so useful to both
the trustees and the architect that neither will wish
to ignore him in planning for a new building. Of
course it is unfortunate that not all librarians realize
that they should criticize practical arrangements and
not architectural details, and that not all architects
understand that the ideas of the librarian should be
given the fullest consideration in order to make a
truly successful building, which requires first of all
that it should be good from a utilitarian point of view
and secondly from an aesthetic standpoint. But the
architects and the librarians are coming to recognize
where their separate provinces lie, what interests
the}^ have in common, and how they can co-operate
in building the libraries of the future, which, while
beautiful, must first serve the purposes of the insti-
tutions they house.
[ 112 ]
SCIENTIFIC LIBRARY PLANNING
By EDWARD L. TILTON, Architect
Reprinted from the IJIimry Journal of September, 1912
PROPER library planning may now be called
a science, since it is possible to formulate
certain rules which, if carefully followed,
will produce a methodical and rational result; it is
likewise an art, since it calls for a skillful and sys-
tematic arrangement of means for the attainment
of some desired end. The combination will produce
a construction both practical and aesthetic.
The principles involved require the accommo-
dation of the greatest number of readers or patrons
under hygienic conditions, and with due care for
their comfort, for the housing of the maximum
number of books and contents, and for an aesthetic
expression of the building's purpose, both within
and without. These principles are fundamental,
and are applicable to all libraries; they are likewise
sufficiently flexible to admit the inclusion of any
new discovery which may develop better arrange-
ments as the science advances. The method of
procedure is simple. Given a certain appropriation,
not over 80 per cent, should be devoted to the
construction, including heating and lighting, and
from 20 to 22 per cent, to equipment, furniture and
fees. The following formula will apply :
.80a*
In which x equals the size of plan in square feet; (a)
equals the appropriation; {b) equals the cost of
construction per cubic foot, which for a fireproof
building might range from twenty-five to forty
cents, and for a non-fireproof building from fifteen
to thirty cents, depending upon various local con-
ditions, including prevailing rates of wages and
materials; (c) equals the height of the building,
measured from the basement floor level to the top of
the roof if flat, or half up the slope of the roof if
pitched; the height of a basement and one-story
building is about 30 feet, and the height of a base-
*78 per cent, is a closer approximation, but 80 per cent, is
taken for easy figuring to demonstrate the theory. See the
tabulation near the end of this article.
ment and two-story building is about 40 to 4,5 feet.
To apply the formula concretely, let us assume
the appropriation (a) to be $150,000, 80 per
cent, of w'hich would be $120,000. If a fireproof
two-story and basement library be required, (b)
would equal, say, $.30, and (c) 40 feet, or be would
equal 12 which, divided into (.80a), $120,000, would
give a resultant x of 10,000 square feet, which
would permit of a building 100 x 100 feet, 80 x 125
feet, or similar proportions, in deciding which the
shape of the lot might be a factor.
With the total appropriation of $150,000, we
should endeavor to house 150,000 volumes (or one
dollar per volume), and to accommodate 300 readers
(at $500 each), allowing a maximum of 30 square
feet per seat; this would require 9,000 square feet
of floor space for the various rooms destined for
the use of readers, such as reading, reference,
children's, periodical, newspaper and such special
rooms as the librarian may demand for medical
and historical collections, club rooms, etc.
The 150,000 volumes may be distributed, allot-
ting approximately 100,000 to the stacks and 50,000
to shelving throughout the various reading rooms.
The size of the stack may be determined by divid-
ing the 100,000 volumes by 20, which gives 5,000
square feet for a tier of seven shelves, and allows
sufficient space for aisles and gangways; this 5,000
square feet may be arranged in two or more tiers, as
the exigencies of the case demand, giving 2,500
square feet if in two tiers of seven shelves each;
1,250 if in four tiers, etc. When possible, it is well
to allow 20 per cent, leeway to these figures, in
order to avoid close stacking and to give some free
shelf space. Several advantages are gained by keep-
ing the stacks below the level of the first floor, as in
the new Springfield, Mass., Library, (see pages 202
and 203) and the Somerville, Mass., Library (see
page 225) thereby leaving the valuable main floor
space free for readers and reference shelving. In
the latter building the stacks do not extend to an
[ 113 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
outside wall, but are lighted by "second light"
through glazed partitions, leaving the periphery of
the building free for reading rooms. This idea is
also applicable to stacks extending vertically through
the building, and has several decided advantages.
Darkness is better for books than direct sunlight,
and an interior stack may be readily ventilated. A
plan to be economical and well laid out should have
a minimum space devoted to corridors and stairways,
and a maximum space for library purposes. In
"monumental" libraries recently constructed, only
50 per cent, of the ground area is available for li-
brary use, the remainder being given up to walls,
halls, stairs, etc. In the Springfield Library the simi-
lar proportions on the main floor are 85 per cent,
and 15 per cent.
In the imaginary problem under consideration,
with a ground plan of 10,000 square feet, we can
assume, therefore, that 8,500 square feet of the main
floor may be divided so as to allow, say, for the
delivery room 500 square feet; for reading rooms,
open shelf rooms for fiction, reference and other
rooms as the librarian may designate, 8,000 square
feet. The basement may need to accommodate
heating and mechanical plants besides stack space,
which will reduce somewhat the residuum to be as-
signed to newspaper rooms, lecture room and work
rooms for receiving, unpacking, binding, etc. The
second floor's available area may also be less than
that of the main floor, owing to possible light wells.
The available areas may, therefore, approxi-
mate: basement, 6,500 square feet; main floor, 8,500
square feet; second floor, 5,000 square feet; or a
grand total of 20,000 square feet, to be apportioned
among the various departments possibly as follows:
Delivery room 500
Several rooms for readers' use 9,000
Stack ( area of one tier) . . 3,000
Catalog and work rooms . 2,500
Librarian and staff rooms . 2,500
Lecture rooms 1,050
Collections, etc 1,450
The lecture room, unless usable for other pur-
poses, is apt to make the least return, and should
not, therefore, be too large nor occupy valuable
space on the main floors. For a building to cost
$150,000, the lecture room might be in the base-
ment and limited to 150 seats, which at 7 square
feet, will require 1,050 square feet to allow for
proper aisles; the height to ceiling should be not less
than 12 feet, making 12,600 cubic feet and at 30
cents (the cubic foot cost of our building) will rep-
resent $3,780 as the amount invested in the lecture
room, the interest on which at 5 per cent, is $189,
to which must be added the expense of light, heat
and janitor's labor. It is usually better economy to
hire a hall in the neighborhood for lectures or en-
tertainments likely to attract large audiences and
include only a small lecture room in the library
building.
The working space and rooms should be
ample to insure the proper running of the machinery
of administration. Comfortable quarters for the
staff, including rest room, locker room and kitchen-
ette, will yield better returns in efficiency and
library results than those obtained from a dispro-
portionate lecture room. A good librarian and an
efficient staff are as essential to a library as a com-
petent president and faculty are to a college, and
it is equally important to maintain an esprit de corps
and an esprit d'ouvrage if the public are to receive
adequate return for their financial and spiritual
investment. To insure a continuation of such "divi-
dends," the humanistic element should be considered
with a solicitude at least equal to that accorded to
the machinery of a steamship.
The comfort and convenience of the public are
enhanced by the proper location, arrangement and
design of the reading room. The collaboration of
librarian and architect is here vitally requisite.
The size and shape of any reading room can best
be determined by plotting out the furniture. The
tables should be spaced about five feet apart and
the same distance from the walls of the room. The
details are too diverse to enlarge upon here, since
the individual preferences of the librarian and the
requirements differ with every locality. But a
fundamental condition applicable to every case is
that of maintaining a reasonable pi-o rata cost per
reader accommodated. In our supposititious problem
we have allowed 9,000 square feet for reading and
ancillary rooms to accommodate 300 readers at 30
square feet for each. The appropriation being
$150,000 makes each of the 300 seatings represent
$500 outlay.
The lighting of the library is of paramount
importance, and to accomplish a satisfactory result
it is well to follow the school house requirements
and make the glass area of reading rooms equal
to 20 per cent, of their floor areas. The light from
[ 114 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING^ BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
the windows will be effective in the room for a
distance equal to about one and one-half times the
height of the top of window from the floor. Ceil-
ing lighting will be advisable for spaces not properly
illumined by the windows.
A module or width of bays approximately 12
feet, will be found to produce a good relation be-
tween sohds and openings. For our building of
125 feet by 80 feet, there is no common denom-
inator, so we can modify the dimensions to 129 feet
10 inches by 77 feet 5f inches, which will also
produce 10,000 square feet, and give ten modules
to the front and six modules to the sides of 12 feet
lOf inches.
Artificial illumination is usually and preferably
secured by some electric s\stem. The carbon lamp
is yielding to the tungsten lamp, owing to the
increased economy secured by its gi-eater power at
less wattage. The amount of light required may
be roughly figured at one watt (tungsten lighting)
for each square foot of floor area when a direct
lighting system is used. Indirect or semi-direct will
require a Httle more wattage per square foot. The
main floor of our building, with its 10,000 square
feet, will therefore require for proper direct illumi-
nation enough lamps to yield 10,000 watts. If 30
watt lamps be used, there will be a total of 333
lamps, and if three lamps be used to each fixture,
there will be 111 outlets; and if each circuit of
twelve lamps has a switch, there will be twenty-
eight switch outlets, or a total of 139 outlets, at an
approximate cost of $5 each, or $695 for the main
floor. It is not necessary, however, to have so
many switches, since most of the circuits can be con-
trolled directly from the panel board. This $695
may be reduced to terms per cubic foot. The main
floor, with 10,000 square feet, may be assumed to
have a height of 15 feet or 150,000 cubic feet,
which, divided into $695, gives .46c, or less than one-
half cent per cubic foot. The total cubage of our
building, including basement and second stories,
being 400,000, will require on above basis $1,840
to cover the expense of the wiring for lamps. The
panel boards for the several circuits in the reading
rooms are best located near the delivery desk,
within easy reach of the library attendant.
In addition to the electric light wiring, proper
allowances must be made for an interior telephone
system and public telephone connections, for call
bells, for standard clock system and watchman's
clock, for electric book lifts, for all of which, in
the building under consideration, we may set aside
$4,500.
The heating of the library is usually accom-
plished by a steam system. The number of square
feet of radiation is calculated by the Mills formula
of 2-20-200; that is, the sum of the glass area,
divided by 2; the solid wall area by 20, and the
cubic foot contents of the room by 200. For ex-
ample, the building we are assuming covers 10,000
square feet, by 40 feet in height, or 400,000 cubic
feet; the glass area equals 2,000 square feet (or 20
per cent, of floor area); the wall area equals the
periphery of the building (120 + 80 + 120 + 80),
400 lineal feet by 40 feet height, or 16,000 square
feet, less the 2,000 feet of glass, or 14,000 square
feet. The following formula will apply:
ga, wa I cc
"''~y 20 200
in which x equals the square foot of radiation re-
quired; ga equals glass area of windows and ceiling
lights; iva equals solid wall area; cc equals cubic con-
tents. Applying this formula to the above figures,
we obtain the following results:
2,000 , 14,000 I 400,000 _^
2 ^ 20 ^ 200 '^'^^^
square feet of radiation. If the radiation be con-
cealed behind shelving or seats, it should be in-
creased by about one- third, or, say, 1,200 square feet,
giving a total of 4,900 square feet, to which add 25
per cent, for supply and return pipes, and another
25 per cent, for reserve power in boiler, or 50 per
cent, of 4,900 equals 2,450, giving a grand total of
7,350 square feet, which indicates the requisite boiler
rating. The cost of this will approximate 75 cents
per foot, or $5,512.50 for heating the building. An
additional percentage of radiation should be allowed
for walls on north sides and for ceilings under flat
roofs, but 5 per cent, of the total appropriation
should cover the expense of "direct" steam system.
The mechanical ventilation in an ordinary li-
brary building may be limited to the lecture room,
and a possible small amount in the shape of "direct-
indirect" for certain of the reading rooms, the cost
of which would approximate 25 cents additional, or
$1,837.50, entailing the total estimate for heating
and ventilating of $7,350, or one dollar per foot of
of the sum above. A "plenum" system for the entire
building is expensive to operate, and experience
shows that when installed the use of the fan is apt
[ 115 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
to be soon discontinued. The writer has arranged a
simple system, first tried at Cleveland and since
installed in many buildings, b\' which the radiators
or coils are concealed back of insulated shelving and
supplied with openings at floor and at top of cases to
permit the circulation of air. When the shelving
runs beneath windows, either high or low, there is
an opportunity to arrange an effective method of
ventilation by opening the window slightly and insert-
ing a deflector. Even with closed windows there is
a continual circulation of the room air engendered
by the spaces containing radiation between walls
and back of shelving, which act like flues.
The furniture will consist of delivery or charg-
ing counter, catalog cases, bulletin boards, tables,
chairs, shelving and the various items of equipment
for the rooms devoted to periodicals, newspapers,
fine arts and special collections, as well as the suite
for the librarian and staff, for the cataloging and
work rooms, and for the lecture room.
Our building, as before stated, is intended to
accommodate 300 readers, and for convenience we
can assume the tables will be the standard three
feet by five feet size for four persons, making a
total of seventy-five tables and 300 chairs. The
50,000 volumes to be distributed throughout rooms
will need about 1000 feet of bookcases, five shelves
high in children's room and seven shelves high else-
where, and will cost about S3,500. Metal shelving
can be installed for nearly the same price.
The stacks form an important adjunct to the
library. As before indicated, the amount of stack
required may be calculated by multiplying the square
foot area of the stack room by twenty volumes if
but one tier of seven shelves be required; by forty
if two tiers be required, and so on. Conversely, if
we wish to know the size of stack room necessary to
house 100,000 volumes in one tier seven shelves
high, we divide by twenty, giving 5,000 square feet;
for two tiers divide by forty, giving 2,500 square
feet; for three tiers, divide by sixty, giving 1,667
square feet, and so on. Metal stack construction is
an invention of recent years, and its rapid develop-
ment has kept pace with the modern library de-
mands. There are several makes of metal stacks
upon the market, each claiming to have special
features of superiority over its competitors. The
system originally conceived by Bernard R. Green,
and installed in the Library of Congress, has since
from time to time, been improved and used in build-
ings where the conditions imposed heavy loadings of
superimposed tiers of floors, and also where com-
pactness, as well as strength, was a desideratum.
The weight of each tier of stacks, with its com-
plement of books, may be figured at 125 pounds to
the square foot. The cost may be roughly com-
puted at $2 per square foot of stack room for each
tier, or 10 cents per volume.
To summarize the foregoing, we can subdivide
the $150,000 appropriation under the following
heads:
General construction, exclusive of
heating and electric work . .
Heating work with limited
ventilation 4
72i%
Electric work
la
Stacks 7g "
Furniture 6 "
Lighting fixture 2 "
Contingencies OOg "
Architect 6 "
100%
After analyzing and proportioning the various
elements of the plan as indicated, the architect's
skill should be invoked to produce an artistic building.
The scientific or mathematical consideration of the
problem resembles the human skeleton, which is
similar in child and adult, black, white and red men,
but the flesh covering may over one be beautiful and
over another be the reverse.
It is not possible to give more than general
hints in an article of this description since there are
many ramifications which lead off into various refine-
ments that make for economy of plan and expression
in design.
Extracts from an address delivered by Mr. Edward L. Tilton before the Ohio <§■
Michigan State Library Associations, Cedar Point, Ohio, September 4th, 1911.
"The cost per cubic foot of a building, thoroughly
fireproofed throughout, including floors and roof and
faced with stone or even marble, can be brought to
30 cents, and including best stacks and equipment
to 35 cents. A non-fireproof brick and terra cotta
building, well finished, can be brought to 20 or 25
[ 116 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
cents, and in some cases to a little under 20 cents.
"The following computations have been made
of the cost of a building in relation to its seating
capacity for readers and to its volume capacity:
Allowing 30 square feet floor space to each reader
as full capacity in rooms allotted to reading and
reference purposes, then $500 per reader should
easily cover the cost of an average suitable building
and permit the inclusion of a lecture room and all
the necessary elements and accessories. The cost
of housing books varies from one to two dollars per
volume, the former where stack construction and
wall shelving in reading room is used, the latter if
the open shelf and wall shelving is adopted. The
first type of shelving brings the book to the reader;
the second, the reader to the book.
"The location of a branch building in towns of
the second or third class is probably best deter-
mined by the conditions geographical, topographical
or racial, and the size and cost of the building by the
number of population in the section to be served
reckoned roughly at about two dollars per capita.
A city of about 300,000 population and covering say
an area of 30 square miles would have possibly one-
third of the people served directly by the central
building, leaving 200,000, or 7,000 people per square
mile beyond the center, and each branch might
serve four square miles; i.e., a mile each way from
the branch, or 28,000 people, requiring therefore in
the city a total of seven branches. Business centers
also control the location of branches.
"When a building, as before stated, costs about
$2 for every volume housed therein, the cost of inter-
est and maintenance might be approximated as 35
cents per volume, as representing the minimum an-
nual average expense of each book upon the shelves.
Or to put it in another way, 25,000 volumes will
require, say, a $50,000 building. Add for expense
of land, say, $5,000, making building and land cost
$55,000 on which interest at 5 per cent amounts to
$2,750. To this add annual upkeep charges such
as salaries, light, heat, etc; say, $6,000, or total of
$8,750 for 25,000 volumes, which give an average
amount of 35 cents per volume as a minimum for a
small library."
[ 117 ]
A LIBRARY BOOKSTACK IN THE DARK
By BERNARD R. GREEN, C. E.
Read at the Baltimore meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1909
UNTIL recently the free admission of daylight
had been deemed an indispensable requisite
in the bookstacks of libraries. Masses of
shelving were wont, on that account, to be kept small
because artificial illumination was not only inade-
quate and expensive, but overheating and dangerous.
The breadth of aisles was limited to secure even a
moderate amount of daylight. It was likewise con-
sidered necessary to locate the exterior walls so that
they would give not only free access to the light, but
would insure a safe distance from exterior fire. To
all this handicap was added the even greater neces-
sity of a proper regard to architectural appearance.
Under such conditions large isolated lots and
wide courts seemed to be the only solution at hand.
The bookstacks, in consequence, extended over
wide areas at ever increasing distances from the
center of use. But even here there were limits —
the walls must not be so high as to overshadow each
other. The result was that not more than a third
of the ground devoted to the stack could be used
by it. Added to this inconvenience was not only the
costly space-consuming expanse of exterior but the
proverbial fickleness and frequent failure of the day-
light, due to cloudy weather, the time of day and the
seasons of the year. These accumulated uncertain-
ties have at last not only rendered artificial illum-
ination a necessity, but an economic advantage.
Moreover, sunlight is often so bright and hot
that it becomes injurious to the exposed books,
thereby making adjustable shades an indispensable
part of the equipment of a stack room. Now, win-
dow shades, it is well known, are not only expensive
in their first cost and in their maintenance, but they
are also expensive in the time and the annoyance
they require for their operation. Even the diffused
daylight, which their adjusted aid gives, is more or
less injurious to books in the long run. Books, in
fact, are much better off in the dark.
In the construction and arrangement of a book-
stack, therefore, the maximum of economy will be
reached if the shelving be so compacted that only
space for convenient access to all the books is pro-
vided. That is to say, every possible cubic foot of
the entire bulk of the stack should be available for
the books themselves and the minimum of the cubic
contents taken up by the stack structure and the
space necessary for access to the books.
Such a structure is at the present day made
entirely feasible by the use of light steel framework
and shelving, mechanical elevators and book car-
riers, artificial ventilation, and the incandescent
electric light, or tungsten lamp. The Library of
Congress has used such a stack to fill up one of its
courts. The court is about 150 feet long, 74 feet
wide and 80 feet high, with a roof resting on the
numerous slender steel columns which carry the
stack structure, from the foundation to the roof.
There are nine tiers or stories of shelving with a low
basement for the distribution of fresh air circulating
upward through the stack and discharged at the roof.
Great economy in the consumption of electric cur-
rent is secured by the use of time-limit switches
which automatically turn off the lights a few minutes
after they are connected.
The fact that the stack is enclosed in a court
and surrounded by a heated building makes the heat-
ing of it a simple matter, because only a moderate
quantity of fresh air is needed to counteract the
relatively slow vitiation of the interior air of the
stack. The heating of such a stack may be done
with either direct or indirect radiators. Those con-
taining warm water are preferable. As the stack
decks contain sufficient openings for ventilation,
neither flues nor special airways are needed for the
passage of the constantly upward flow of the air,
which is controlled by plenum and exhaust fans at
the bottom and top respectively.
In economy of space, in bulk, simplicity, and
consequent low cost of construction and maintenance,
such a stack is analogous to an ice house, which is
but a protecting plain shell or envelope, filled solidly
[ 118 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 137. SOUTH-EAST COURT, LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
Steel frame for the nine-tier Snead Standard Stack, in course of construction. Roof over stack carried by this steel frame.
with ice. The purpose of the shell is not to carry
floors or roof, or shelving, but is to exclude weather
and fire and to prevent depredation. Viewed in this
light, the stack may be built as a simple mass of
shelving within the walls of an existing court as at
the Library of Congress, or it may be built within
sohd plain walls constructed for the purpose, with-
out windows or openings. In fact, such a stack may
be built, embodied and concealed, anywhere within
a library building, local conditions of space, cost,
administration, and architectural considerations
being the only determining factors.
The bookstack, especially if it were a large one,
has up to this time been the bete noir of the architect,
who not only sought to give it the demanded day-
light but also to harmonize its architecture with that
of the rest of the building. To-day the shape of
the bookstack, its location, dimension and frontage
are relieved of the all-controlling daylight stipu-
lation. It may be a tower or a well, or both com-
bined, or an inside mass hidden or buried, invisible
and unsuspected, leaving the well-lighted, attractive
spaces for the various library purposes. With such a
bookstack, books may be very conveniently read in
the daylight and then stored away safely in the dark.
The height, length and breadth of such a stack
are limited only by the economy of elevator service,
ground damp proofing, and lateral distance from the
center of administration or use. It is obvious, how-
ever, that these limitations admit of enormous pos-
sibilities. Why, for example, might not a stack be
forty tiers high and 400 feet square, holding in con-
veniently accessible arrangement, 100 millions of
volumes and occupying but one ordinary city block?
Fire is not a serious danger with such a book-
stack, because books, as they are ordinarily placed
on the shelves, do not burn or communicate fire
readily, and the stack itself is wholly fireproof. If
so desired, the long stack may be divided vertically
by a fireproof wall and the tall stack horizontally by
fireproof flooring, into compartments, like the hull
of a ship.
[ 119 ]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
L'
IBRARY Building: Some Preliminaries,"
by F. P. Hill, in Library Journal, 1899, vol.
24, pp. 563-569, emphasized the necessity
for enthusiasm on the part of the librarian, the im-
portance of interest among the trustees, visits to
other libraries, methods of securing money, function
of the consulting architect, the selection of a site,
conditions of competition and award of contracts.
Some of the remarks center around the Newark
Public Library, on which compare W. K. Stetson,
"Planning for Efficiency in Library Buildings," in
Library Jounml, 1911, pp. 467- 168. J.C.Dana has
a helpful note in Public Libraries, 1902, pp .406-407.
Papers by the late Bernard R. Green, "Planning
and Construction of Library Buildings," in Library
Journal, 1900, vol. 25, pp. 677-683, and "Library
Buildings and Book Stacks," in Library Journal,
1906, vol. 31, pp. 52-56 contain many excellent sug-
gestions. A paper by Edward B. Green, a Buffalo
architect, in Library Journal, Dec, 1901, vol. 26, pp.
865-867, takes up general principles and discusses
some special buildings. He quotes the article by
C. K. Bolton, "The Planning of Small Libraries,"
in The Brickbuilder, 1901, (abstracted in Public
Libraries, 1901, vol. 6, p. 620). J. L. Mauran, of
St. Louis, published "Housing the Books," in Public
Libraries, 1901, pp. 603-606, and a paper on the
"Relationof the Architect to the Librarian," is sum-
marized in the same volume, pp. 475-176. Other
papers byarchitectsare:W. A. Otis, "Library Build-
ings from the View-point of an Architect," in Public
Libraries, vol. 8, pp. 202-207; Grant C. Miller,
"Library Buildings," in Iowa Library Quarterly, vol.
3, pp. 1-8; Norman S. Patton, "Designing of a Col-
lege Library," Asheville meeting of the American
Library Association, 1907, (Proc. pp. 270-274). Ed-
ward L. Tilton, at the joint meeting of the Ohio and
Michigan Library Associations, gave an illustrated
lecture on the architecture of small libraries, (pub-
lished in Michigan Libraries, Dec, 1911). See also
"The Views of a Consulting Architect," by A. D. F.
Hamlin, Narragansett Conference of the A. L. A.,
1906, (Proc. pp. 57-62).
Charles C. Soule published in Library Journal
for April, 1892, an article entitled "How to Build a
Library." See also "How to Plan a Library Build-
ing for Library Work," by Mr. Soule, (Boston Book
Co., 1912) . "Points of Agreement Among Librarians
as to Library Architecture," by Mr. Soule, appeared
in the Brochure Series of Architectural Illustrations
for Nov., 1897, which also contained a brief paper on
"Library Architecture," by the late Russell Sturgis,
and "Planning a Library from the Librarian's Point
of View," by William E. Foster. "New Ideas in
Library Buildings," by Mr. Foster, as published in
the American Architect, July 30, 1898, vol. 61, pp.
38-39, are extracted from his report to the A. L. A.
in 1898, the full text of which is found in the Library
Journal, vol. 23, C pp. 13-17. The A. L. A. Publish-
ing Board issued in 1902 as "Library Tract," No. 4, a
condensed study of "Library Rooms and Buildings,"
by Mr. Soule. See also Mr. Soule's article in Stur-
gis's "Dictionary of Architecture and Building," vol.
2, pp. 749-759. W. R. Eastman, late library inspector
for the State of New York, has published papers on
library buildings in Public Libraries, 1901, vol.
6, pp. 474-475, and Library Journal, 1901, vol. 26,
C pp. 38-43. In revised form the latter paper was re-
printed by the New York State Library and by the
A. L. A. Publishing Board, 1908. An article by Mr.
Eastman on "Library Buildings of Moderate Size"
appeared in Library Journal, vol. 27. pp. 80-81.
Amian L. Champneys, an English architect, has
published "Public Libraries, a Treatise on their De-
sign, Construction and Fitting, with a Chapter on
the Principles of Planning," (London, Batsford,
1907) which will be found more useful to British than
to American students of the subject. "Small Library
Buildings; a collection of plans contributed by the
League of Library Commissions, with introduction
and notes by Corneha Marvip," (A. L. A. PubHshing
Board, 1908) will prove helpful alike to architects,
librarians and trustees. "A PortfoHo of Carnegie
Libraries," by Theodore W. Koch, (Ann Arbor,
George Wahr, 1907) contains exterior and interior
views, with floor plans, of some eighty libraries.
[ 120
SNEAD STACK INSTALLATIONS
PARTIAL LIST WITH COST DATA
SOME general information on the cost of library
buildings may be found on page 106 of Pro-
fessor A. D. F. Hamlin's article, "Some
Essentials of Library Design" and in Mr. Edward
L. Tilton's article, "Scientific Library Planning,"
page 113.
Regarding the relative costs of buildings, Archi-
tect Grant C. Miller writes: "In comparing the costs
of buildings one should not compare the cost per cu-
bic foot of a large building with that of a small build-
ing, as a small building will cost sHghtly more in
proportion. It is almost impossible to compare the
cost per cubic foot of a building designed by one
architect with that of a building designed by another
architect. There are as many different ways of
measuring and comparing as there are individuals.
We take the cubic contents from the cement floor
in the basement to the top of the ceiling joists in
the top story. You will note that the attic spaces
are not measured. Of course it is not wise to com-
pare a steep pitched roof with a flat roofed build-
ing, but compare only buildings of a similar type.
We find that public library buildings, not fireproof
— but of especially good construction otherwise,
cost anywhere from 17 to 25 cents a cubic foot.
The classic style of architecture costs from about
20 to 25 cents a cubic foot, and other styles of a
more economical nature from 17 to 20 cents. The
library for the University of Tennessee at Knox-
ville (non-fireproof) cost about 23 cents a cubic
foot. The library for Purdue University at
Lafayette, Ind. (fireproof) cost 25 cents a cubic foot.
Both of these buildings are in comparatively cheap
locaHties. If one were to erect buildings of this type
in Iowa, Minnesota, or even Wisconsin, the price
per cubic foot would be a little higher. In general,
fireproof buildings cost about 20 per cent more than
those that are not. In quoting the price per cubic
foot for buflding, we have included most of the equip-
ment, that is, the equipment of the first floor in the
public libraries and nearly all of the equipment in
college libraries."
Note: Name of librarian given below is either that of the librarian in office at time of stack inslct/ldtion.
in charge at date of compilation of this list.
WASHINGTON, D. C.
ir of I he librarian
Building
Page
Architect
Library of Congress
Washington Public Library
Army War College
Engineer's School
Department of Agriculture .
U. S. Soldiers Home
Bureau of Education
Bureau of Crop Estimates. . .
Bureau of Mines
Bureau of Plant Industry . . .
217
Librarian
Herbert Putnam.,
Smithmeyer & Pelz and E. P.
Casey. Bernard R. Green, Eng.
Albert Randolph Ross ; George F. Bovvernian.
McKim, Mead and White. . .
McKim, Mead and White. . .
Rankin, Kellog & Crane ...
Ykar Cubic | Cost
COM- Cost ' foot i per
PLETED CONTENTSJCU.FT.
1897 .%.;U5,1H)(I H),0(I(),(JO() S.(i3
Henry E. Haferkorn.
Miss C. R. Barnett..
Herman Miller
J.D. Wolcott
Louise'Hayward
Mrs. E. F. Spofford .
Cora L, Feldkamp. . .
1902
1907
1914
1910
S370.0()l) 960.000 , :^.39
S700,000 I 2,5()0;0()0 S.2M
§100,000
477.000
8.21
NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY
New York Public Library 138
Columbia University Library, N. Y. City. . . 148
American Museum of Natural History, . . .
New York City
United Engineering Societies, N. Y. City . . 105
American Society of Civil Engineers, New
York City
Kent Hall, Columbia University Law School, ' 169
New York City
American Geographical Society, N. Y. City 251
Carrere «S: Hastings
McKim, Mead & White. .
Trowbridge & Livingston .
Howes & Morse
Eidlitz & Mac Kenzie.
Edwin H. Anderson, Dir..
F. C. Hicks, Actmg Libn..
Dr. R. W. Tower
1911 .S9.466.HIII1 10,.382.fi(l() 8.87
1897 .'<l,l{|K,.i(lll 3,530,U0U S.31
Wm. P. Cutter..
Chas. W.Hunt..
McKim, Mead & White — F. A, F. C Hicks. Acting Libn..
Goetze, Consulting Engineer
Chas. P. Huntington D. Randall Maclver
1907
1897
1910
1910
.s.jOO.UOO 1,006,000
[ 121 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
NEW YORK AND NEW JERSEY ~ Co>itinued.
Building
Union Theological Seminary, N. Y. City. . . 168
Syracuse Public Library, Syracuse, N. Y. . . 240
Russell Sage Foundation Library, N. Y. City 255
Jewish Theological Seminary, N. Y. City.. . 183
Canandaigua Historical Society and Wood ....
Library, Canandaigua, N. Y.
Elizabeth Public Library, Elizabeth, N.J.,. 220
Williamsburg Branch Lib., Brooklyn, N. Y. 231
Pacific Branch Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.. . 232
Carroll Park Branch Lib., Brooklyn, N.Y .. I 233
New Rochelle Public Library, New Rochelle. 219
N.Y.
Cornell University Law Lib., Ithaca, N. Y.
St. Elizabeth's College Library, Convent 186
Station, N. J.
Frances Folsom Cleveland Library, Wells 184
College, Aurora, N. Y.
MontclairFree Lib., Upper Montclair, N. J.. |
Cobum Free Library, Owego, N. Y 77
Summit Free Public Library, Summit, N. J. ....
Hispanic Society of America, N. Y. City. | 251
Cooper Union Library, New York City..
G. P. Putman's Sons Co., 45th St. Book 36
Store, New York City
Lotos Club, New York City
Private Library of Thomas Mott Osborne,
Auburn, N. Y.
Flower Memorial Library, Watertown, N.Y.
Rochester Theological Sem. Rochester, N.Y.
General Theological Seminary, N. Y. City..
Little Falls Public Lib., Little Falls, N. Y..
The Association of the Bar of the City of
New York
New York Law Assn. Library, N. Y. City
Y. M. C. A. of New York City
New York Genealogical and Biographical
Society, New York City
American S. P. C. A. of New York City.. . .
Union College Library, Schenectady, N. Y.
Rochester Medical Assn., Rochester, N. Y.
Architect
Allen & Collens .
James A. Randall
Grosvenor Atterbury
Arnold W. Brunner,
Claude Bragdon
Edward L. Tilton and C. Godfrey
Poggi, Associated Architects
Walker & Morris.
Raymond F. Almira
Wm. B. Tubby & Bro
Albert Randolph Ross
Wm. H. M
Maginnis & Walsh
Beverly S. King and Harry Les-
lie Walker, Associated Archts
Nelson & Van Wagenen
H. Sumner Gardener.
Earl Harvey Lyall
Chas. P. Huntington
Donn Barber
Henry Wilhelm Wilkinson
Orchard, Lansing & Jorolemon
J. Foster Warner
Charles C. Haight
NEW ENGLAND STATES
Widener Memorial Library, Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass.
New Hampshire Historical Society, Con-
cord, N. H.
Boston Athenaeum, Boston, Mass
Springfield City Library, Springfield, Mass,
Blackstone Memorial Library, Branford, Ct.
Brookline Public Library, Brookline, Mass
Manchester Public Lib., Manchester, N. H..
Andover-Harvard Theological Seminary,
Cambridge, Mass.
Fall River Public Library, Fall River, Mass.
Lynn Public Library, Lynn, Mass
New Hampshire State Lib., Concord, N.H..
Mason Library, Great Harrington, Mass... .
Somerville Free Public Library, Somerville,
Mass.
Be\erly Public Library, Beverly, Mass
Bangor Public Library, Bangor, Me
Williams Memorial Library, Trinity College,
Hartford, Conn.
Perkins Institute for the Blind, Watertown,
Mass.
Proctor Public Library, Proctor, Vt
Hartford Medical Society, Library Wing,
Hartford, Conn.
152
250
253
202
210
2I,S
170
229
225
212
228
187
237
411
Horace Trumbauer.
Guy Lowell.,
Bigelow & Wadsworth, Archts
of remodeling
Edward L. Tilton
S. S. Beman
R. Clipston Sturgis
Edward L. Tilton.
Allen & Collens
Cram, Goodhue & Ferguson -
Geo. A. Mooif
A. P. Cutting
Blanchard & Barnes
Edward L. Tilton
Cass Gilbert
Peabody & Stearns
La Farge & Morris
R. Clipston Sturgis
Harry Leslie Walker
A. Raymond Ellis
William Coolidge Lane. . .
Otis G. Hammond, Supt
Charles K. Bolton
Rebuilt
Hiller C. Wellman
Chas. N. Baxter
Louisa M. Hooper
F. Mabel Winchell
Dr. Owen W. Gates
Geo. W. Rankin
Harriet L. Matthews
Arthur H. Chase
Emma J. Sheldon
Drew B. Hall
iMartha P. Smith
Charles A. Flagg
Walter B. Briggs
Laura Sawyer
Mary K. Norton
Dr. Walter R. Steiner....
1915
1912
1915'
1912
1896
1910
1913
1911
1900
1910
1895
1913
1913
1913
1913*
1914
1913*
1912
SBOO.OOO
?355,000
«300,000
8250.000
S250,000
S225,000
S225.000
$54,500
$125,000
$107,000
«138,000
.? 150 ,000
«23,000
815,000
675,000
1,100,000
442,000
700,000
735,000
681,000
148,500
44.7,000
240,000
361,000
312,500
74,000
58,000
?.74
$.35
S.fiS
$.36
$.35
S,33
S.37
.S.2N
$.38
$.31
.5.26
* Of non-fireproof construction
[ 122 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
NEW ENGLAND ST ATES ~ Continued.
Building
Page
Architect
Librarian
Schauffler Memorial Library, Mt. Hermon. 19(1
Mass.
Parish & Schroeder Elizabeth Conway.
Southboro Public Lib., Southboro, Mass. . .
Whitinsville Public Library, Whitinsville.
Mass.
Converse Memorial Library, Maiden, Mass.
Davis Memorial Library, Phillips - Exeter
Academy, Exeter, N. H.
Jacob Edwards Library, Southbridge, Mass.
Ferguson Memorial Library, Stamford,
Conn.
Rhode Island Medical Society, Providence,
R.I.
New England Historical and Genealogical
Society, Boston, Mass.
Portland Public Library, Portland, Me--..
East Greenwich Free Library. East Green-
wich. R. I.
Dalton Public Library, Dalton, Mass
Canton Public Library, Canton, Mass,
J. V. Fletcher Library, Westford, Mass
Hyde Park Public Lib.. Hyde Park, Mass. .
Reuben Hoar Library, Littleton, Mass
Dowse Library, Sherborn, Mass
Howe Library, Hanover, N. H
Dunbarton Public Lib., Dunbarton, N. H..
Fitchburg Historical Society, Fitchburg,
Mass.
Providence Diocesan Office and Library,
Providence, R. I.
Redwood Lib. and Athenaeum, Newport.R.I.
Vermont Free Public Library, Montpelier,
Vermont.
Masonic Library, Boston, Mass
Meriden High School Library, Meriden, Ct.
Ridgefield Memorial Library, Ridgefield, Ct.
Connecticut Agricultural Experimental Sta-
tion, New Haven. Conn.
Maine Historical Society, Portland, Me. . . .
Caribou Public Library, Caribou, Me.
Exeter Public Library, Exeter, N. H.
236
23H
Alfred Cookman C;iss.
R. Clipston Sturgi.s. . . .
H. H. Richardson
Shepley, Rutan and Coolidge.
188 Cram, Goodhue & Ferguson. .
Francena E. Buck.
Mrs. W.H. Fuller.
H. W. Fison..
Mabel Cilley .
224
252
Little & Browne
Tracy, Svvartwout& Litchfield.
Clarke, Howe & Homer.
Brainerd 8i Leeds
Ella E. Miersch
Alice M. Colt...
F. H. Fassett. ..
Angell & Swift.
H. NeiU Wilson
Bigelow & Wadsworth.
H. M. Francis
Clark & Russell
Dr. Geo. D. Hershey .
Wm. P. Greenlaw
Alice C. Furbush
Mrs. Ella D. Chapman.
Mrs. M. E. Davidson. .
Mrs. Wm. F. Downes..
Mary C. Bunce
Elizabeth Ainsworth . . .
Perkins & Betton Cora Whitcomb Da
H. P.White.,
C.W. Bixby.,
H. M. Francis & Son
Murphy, Hindle & Wright.
Loring & Phipps,
Guilbert & Betelle
Raleigh C. Gildersleeve .
F. H. Fassett.
Astle & Page
Rotch and Tilden.
Elizabeth Dowse Coolidge
Etta M.Clark
Stack wing
Ruth Emerson
Theresa N. Garfield
Rt. Rev. Matthew Harkins,
D.D., Bishop. Providence
George L. Hinckley
; Rebecca W. Wright
Thomas W. Davis, Record-
ing Grand Secretary
Willis J. Prouty. Principal
Jennie Smith
Miss V. E. Cole
Evelyn L. Gilmore, Libra-
rian and Curator
Sarah A. Roberts
Carrie W. Byington
Year
COM-
PLETED
1912
j 1912
I 1911
; 1884
' 1897
; 1912
1915 ,
1911 I
1912 '
1913
1889*
1915*
1893* ,
1902
1896*
1899
1895
1914
1773
1914
Cubic , Cost
Cost foot per
contents cu.ft.
S66,800
S19.000
810,300
$26,000
S27,200
1912
1914
1913
1913
1882*
1912* I $10,000
1894* i
PENNSYLVANIA AND DELAWARE
College of Physicians, Philadelphia, Pa , . .
Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila., Pa. . .
Haverford College Library, Haverford, Pa.
Biddle Law Library, University of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia, Pa.
Delaware State Capitol, Dover, Del
American Philosophical Society, Phila., Pa.
Pittsburg North Side Carnegie Free Library.
Pittsburg, Pa.
Bradford Public Library, Bradford, Pa
Reading Public Library, Reading, Pa
Theological Seminary of St. Charles Borro-
meo, Overbrook, Pa.
Dropsie College, Philadelphia, Pa
Krauth Memorial Library. Mt. Airy, Pa. . .
Zoological Laboratory, University of Penn-
sylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
University of Pennsylvania Lib., Phila., Pa.
Van Wickle Memorial Library, Lafayette
College, Easton, Pa.
Newtown Public Library, Newtown. Pa
Gratz College, Philadelphia, Pa
U. S. Naval Home, Philadelphia, Pa
Jefferson Medical College Lib., Phila., Pa..
254
49
176
186
192
239
Cope & Stewardson
Wilson, Harris & Richards.
Baily & Bassett
Stewardson & Page
Dr. Chas. Perry Fisher. .
Edward L. Nolan
A. C. Thomas
Mrs. M. C. Klingelsmith .
Edward L. Tilton
Frank Miles Day & Bro.
Henry D. Whitfield
Edward L. Tilton
Henry D. Whitfield and Alex. F.
Smith, Associated Architects.
Harris & Richards
Pilcher & Tachau
Watson & Huckel
Cope & Stewardson
Thomas W. Wilson.
Dr. I. Minis Hays ..
Edward E. Eggers..
Susan L. Sherman.
Edward A. Howell.,
Furness & Evans. .
Harris & Richards.
Henry L. Reinhold, Jr.
Pilcher & Tachau
J. T. Windrim.
[ 123 ]
Father A. J. Schulte
Stack wing
Dr. Cyrus Adler
Rev. Luther D. Reed
Morris Jastrow. Jr
Morris Jastrow, Jr
John C. Stonecipher
Stack wing
W. E. Martindale
Charles Frankenberger. .
1909
1909
1912
1900
1911
1789
1889
1890
1914*
1913
1910
1912
1908
1911
1891
$300,000
tl55,000
$12,063
«450,000
810,000
J161,900
872,500
$59,300
1911 : $11,100
1911* '• .S4..500
1909 j 825,600
1899
$47,500
155,000
$.31
$34,800
76,300
$.46
$56,200
204,300
$.22
$136,000
$75,000
$63,800
211,300
$.30
$41,000
174,500
$.24
$77,800
404,400
$.28
121,500 $.55
111,000 $.16
29,820
73,900
85,600
54,000
955,400
452,600
52,700
43,480
974,500
233,000
329,400
133,500
37,000
99,300
$.35
$.35
$.32
$.32
8.34
$.25
$.23
!.16
(.26
8.17
$.12
8.23
* Of non-fireproof construction
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
SOUTHERN STATES
Page
Gilman Hall, Johns Hopkins University,'
Library-, Baltimore, Md.
University of North CaroHna Library,...
Chapel Hill. N. C.
Hill Memorial Lib., University of Louisiana,
Baton Rouge, La.
University of Tennessee Library, Knoxville,
Tenn.
Loyola University Lib., New Orleans, La..
Coa-^t Artillery Training School, Fort Mon-
roe, Va.
Louisville Public Library, Louisville, Ky.
Virginia State Library. Richmond, Va
Texas State Library, Austin, Texas
George Peabody College for Teachers, , .
Nashville, Tenn.
Medical and Chirurgical Faculty of Mary-
land, Baltimore, Md.
Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, Ga...
Phipps Psychiatric Institute, Baltimore, Md.
Florida Agricultural Experimental Station.
University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
Sulphur Springs Public Library, Sulphur
Springs, Texas
Wheeling Public Library. Wheeling, W.Va.
Gainesville Public Library, Gainesville, Tex.
Greenwood Public Lib., Greenwood, Miss..
Benedict College Library, Columbia. S.C.. .
194
196
191
193
256
Architect
Librarian
Year
COM-
PLETED
Cost
Cubic
FOOT
CONTENTS
Cost
PER
CU. FT.
Parker, Thomas & Rice
Frank P. Milburn & Co
Col. W. L.Stevens
M. Llewellyn Raney
Louis R. Wilson
Inez Mortland
Sabra W. Vought
Father Albert Biever
Maj. T. W. Winston
George T. Settle
H. R. Mcllwaine
E.W.Winkler
EUzabeth Lee Bloomstein.
Marcia C. Noyes
1914
1911*
1903*
1911*
1911
1909
1907
1895
1888*
1909*
1874
1912*
1913
1911*
1909*
1910*
1914
1904*
$500,000
848,000
856,400
$150,000
854,000
$274,900
864,000
840,000
$12,000
811,000
273,700
765,300
185,000
952,300
572,100
400,000
37,000
8.21
De Buys, Churchill & Labouisse.
$.20
S?9
Pilcher & Tachau
W. M. Poindexter
$.29
E. C. Meyers
Ludlow & Peabody
$.11
W.A.Edwards
T. VanHyning
Effie Brinker
Etta M. Roberts
Lillian Gunter
Mrs. W. R. Humphreys...
M. Virginia Ashton
8.10
Charles W. Bates
Wm. Albert Tackett
Cleveland & Godfrey
8.30
CENTRAL STATES
Harper Memorial Library, University of
Chicago, Chicago, III.
University of Michigan Library, Ann Arbor,
Mich. '
Ohio State University Lib., Columbus, C. .
University of Illinois Library, Urbana, III.. '
Purdue University Library, Lafayette, Ind..
University of Wisconsin Agricultural Hall
Library, Madison, Wis.
Wisconsin State Capitol Law Library. Madi- '
son. Wis.
Indiana State Normal School, Terre Haute,
Ind.
Gary Public Library, Gary, Ind
Evanston Public Library, Evanston. Ill
Lincoln Hall, Uni\t-rsit\' of Illinois, Urbana,
III.
Hebrew Union College Lib.. Cincinnati, O..
Wisconsin State Historical Society. Madison,
Wis.
Ohio Mechanus Institute, Cincinnati, O . . .
Akron Public Library, Akron, O
Natural History Building, University of Illi-
nois. Urbana, III.
U. S. Naval Training Station, North Chi-
cago, III.
Transportation Building, University of Illi-
nois. Urbana, III.
Western College for Women, Oxford. Ohio
Peoria Public Library. Peoria, III
Appellate Court Library, Mt. Vernon. 111...
Sault Ste. Marie Public Library, Sault Ste.
Marie, Mich.
164
76
172
174
247
181
14
222
78
82
97
Shepley, Rutan & Coolidge.
Albert Kahn, Architect of re-
modeling
Allen &Collens
James M. White, Sup. Archt... .
Patton & Miller
Arthur Peabody
George B. Post & Sons. .
J. F. Alexander & Sons.,
H. D. Whitfield and J. Ver-
plank. Associated Architects
James Gamble Rogers and Chas.
A. Phillips.
James M. White, Supervising
Architect
A. Lincoln Fechheimer
Ferry & Clas
Samuel Hanaford & Sons
Frank Weary
James M. White, Super\'ising
Architect
Jarvis Hunt
James M. White, Supervising
Architect
Yost & Packard
Richardson & Salter
J. C. Teague .
Dr. Ernest D. Burton.
Theodore W. Koch . . . ,
Olive Jones
Phineas L. Windsor
Wm. M. Hepburn
Walter M. Smith.— C. S.
Hean. Dept. Librarian
Gilson G. Glazier
Arthur Cunningham.
Louis J. Bailey
Mary B. Lindsay . . . .
Phineas L. Windsor .
Adolph S. Oko
M. M. Quaife, Supt.,
John L. Shearer
Mary Pauline Edgerton.,
Phineas L. Windsor. . . , ,
Rev. Frank Thompson. . .
Phineas L. Windsor
Grace E. Derby . .
E. S. Willcox
A. C. Millspaugh .
AdahE. Shelly...
1912
1897
1913
1910
1912*
1908
1911
1912
1900
1909
1902
1896*
1911
1912
1893
1897*
1854*
1905
8285,000
^160,000
S97,140
S115.200
S72,000
$135,500
§250.000
$40,000
$762,000
8718,300
$82,000
$67,900
$30,000
1,360,000
8.21
714,000
8.24
426,600
$.23
568.000
8.20
297,200
$.24
383,000
$.35
1,106,200
8.23
140,000
8.29
2.628.600
8.29
3.637,500
$.20
WESTERN STATES
University of Missouri Liby. .Columbia, Mo ....
Multnomah County Public Library, Port- 204
land, Ore.
Sl Paul Public Library, St. Paul, Minn.... | 221
James P. Jamieson
Doyle, Patterson & Beach.
Elc.tus D.Litchfield.
Professor H. O. Severance
Mary F. Isom
Wm. Dawson Johnston . . .
1915
$200,000
763.370
8.26
1913
8450,000
2.039.000
$.22
1915
*o
non-firepr
oof constru
ction
[ 124 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
WESTERN STATES-Continued
BLIILniNG
Denver Public Library. Denver, Colo | 208
Arkansas State Capitol Law Library, Little ' 246
Rock, Ark. ,
Supreme Court and Library Building, Salem,
Ore.
University of Oregon Library, Eugene, Ore.
Washington University Medical School, St.
Louis, Mo.
Sioux Cit> Public Library, Sioux City, Iowa
Iowa State Teachers College, Cedar FalLs,
Iowa
Mercantile Library, St. Louis, Mo
Iowa State University Law Building, Iowa 195
City, Iowa
Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhat-
tan, Kan.
Leland Stanford, Jr. L^niversity Library,
Stanford University, Cal.
Louis George Branch Library, Kansas City, 234
Mo.
School of Mines and Metallurgy, Rollo, Mo.
University of Missouri, Biology Building,
Columbia, Mo.
South Dakota State College of Agriculture
and Mechanic Arts, Brookings, S. D.
Coleraine Public Library, Coleraine, Minn.
Wallace Public Library, Wallace, Idaho. . . .
Academy of Idaho, Pocatello, Idaho
Architect
Albert Randolph Ross.
Cass Gilbert
Librarian
Chalmers Hadley. .
Peyton D. English.
248 W. C. Knighton | Edna M. Hawley.
W. C. Knighton...
Theodore C. Link .
Edward L. Tilton
Proudfoot, Bird & Rawson. . . .
Mauran & Russell, Architects of
remodeling
Proudfoot, Bird & Rawson
Seymour Davis
Chas Edward Hodges.
Charles A. Smith
M. H. Douglass
Mrs. Helen Tiesler .
Jeanette M. Drake.
Ellen D. Briscoe ....
Howe, Hoit & Cutler.
James P. Jamieson, . .
W. L. R. Gifford..
Merton L. Person.
Arthur B. Smith ..
Geo. T. Clark
Purd B.Wright...,
Jesse Cunningham.,
W. H. Powers.
Geo. E. O'Connor.
Julius P. Zeitel . . .
Jessie B. Bollinger
Mrs. A. R. Carpenter
Gretchen Louise Smith. . .
Year
CuBfC
Cost
COM-
Cost
FOOT
I'EI)
PLETED
rONTKNTh
CU.FT
1910
1340,700
805,000
$.38
1911
J750.000
1914
1915
1915
1912
1910
1909
1894*
1900*
1913
1912
1914
1883
1911
1210,000 797,000 .«.26
S30,000 100,300 s.:ii)
832,400
$75,000 I 348,900 | ,?.22
$175,000 I 853,700 $.21
$100,000 400,000
123,400
(.25
$.26
$100,000 577,043 .^.17
181,500
CANADA
Legislative Library, Toronto, Ontario 244
Provincial Library, Victoria, British 242
Columbia
Provincial Library, Edmonton. Alberta... 36
Saskatchewan Legislative Library, Regina
Sask.
Bibliotheque St-Sulpice, Montreal, Quebec. | 198
Toronto Public Reference Library, Toronto. 206
Ont.
Knox College Library, Toronto, Ont |
McGill University Medical Lib., Montreal, ' ...
Quebec
Victoria College Library, Toronto, Ont .... ' 189
Ottawa Public Library. Ottawa, Ont | 230
Hamilton Public Library, Hamilton, Ont
Calgary Public Library, Calgary, Alberta. . .
Moose Jaw Public Lib., Moose Jaw, Sask.. | 226
Regina Public Library, Regina, Sask 223
Calgary Court House Law Library, Calgary, j ....
Alberta
Edmonton Court House Law Library, Ed-
monton. Alberta
Fort William Public Lib., Fort William, Ont. ! ....
Tillsonburg Public Lib., Tillsonburg, Ont
Geo. W. Gouinlock.
F. M. Rattenbury...
Avern Pardoe
E. O. S. Scholefield ,
J. Chalmers, Structural Engineer
Edward and W. S. Maxwell
Eugene Payette
Wickson & Gregg and A. H.
Chapman
Chapman & McGiffin
Brown & Vallance j
Sproatt & Rolph
Edgar L. Horwood
A. W. Peene
MacLean & Wright and Hodg-
son, Bates & Butler
Reid & McAlpine
Storey & Van Egmond
Richard R. Blakey, Provincial
Architect
Richard R. Blakey, Provincial
Architect
Hood & Scott
W. A. Mahoney
John Blue. . .
John Hawks
Aegidius Fauteux. .
Geo. H. Locke , . . .
Rev. Edward Cockburn.
Miss M. R. Charlton.. .
A. E. Lang
Wm. J. Sykes
Adam Hunter
Alexander Calhoun
A. H.Gibbard
J. R. C. Honeyman.
Mrs. G. H. Norton.
Lena Smith, L.L.A. .
Miss. M.J. L. Black.,
1912 I $750,000 I 1.650,000
1914 sBOII.onii 727,000
1912
1913
1909
1914
1910
1909*
1906*
1912
1912*
1913*
1912
1913
1911
$285,000 I 950,000
$260,000 ' 1,092,200
$500,000 ; 1,562,600
$600,000 i
$85,000
$90,000
S81..5IIO
$50,000
17.143
365,600
$100,000 265,784
203,000
225,000
$.45
8.68
$.30
$.24
$.32
$.35
$.23
t.38
i.40
f.23
Library of Hawaii, Honolulu, T. H
Philippines Library, Manila, P.I
Dairen Public Library, Dairen, Manchuria.
Bureau of Education, Manila, P. I
Parliamentary Library, Wellington, New
Zealand
Sydney Public Library, Sidney, New South
Wales
FOREIGN
Henry D. Whitfield.— H. L. Kerr,
Supervising Architect
John Campbell, Government
Architect
Miss. E.J. Allyn
James A. Robertson, Dir.
Frank R. White, Director.
F. M.Bladen, F.R.G.S..
1913
1913 I $104
,400
419,000
$.25
' Of non-fireproof construction.
[ 125 ]
LIBRARY BUILDINGS, PLANS
AND INTERIORS
MONUMENTAL LIBRARIES
COLLEGE, SCHOOL AND SEMINARY LIBRARIES
PUBLIC LIBRARIES
PARLIAMENTARY AND STATE LIBRARIES
SOCIETY AND INSTITUTE LIBRARIES
All buildings illustrated have been equipped with Snead Stacks
Owing to the necessity of limiting the size of this book, it has proved impracti-
cable to illustrate more than a small part of the material available. Consequently
some of the most important buildings have been omitted in order to show a
variety of typical examples and to give representation to different localities.
MONUMENTAL LIBRARIES
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
WIDENER MEMORIAL LIBRARY
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, WASHINGTON, D. C.
Smithmeyer & Pelz and Edward P. Casey, Architects, Bernard R. Green, Engineer
Herbert Putnam, Librarian
AN ACT of Congress, passed April 15, 1886,
authorized the construction of a Hbrary ■
building substantially according to the plan
submitted by John L. Smithmeyer, with such
modifications as might be found necessary or ad-
vantageous. The original designs for the building
were furnished by John L. Smithmeyer and Paul
J. Pelz, and the architectural details were worked
out by Paul J. Pelz and Edward P. Casey.
The construction of the building was under the
direction of a commission until October, 1888, when,
before the foundations were laid, the commission
was abolished by Congress and the work placed
under the control of General Thomas L. Casey,
the Chief of Engineers of the Army. He placed
Bernard R. Green in charge as superintendent and
engineer, who upon the death of General Casey,
March 25, 1896, succeeded to full control until the
building was completed February 28, 1897, at the
cost, exclusive of the land, of $6,344,585.34.
The building is approximately 470 feet by 340
feet and had originally four inner courts 150 feet by
75 feet to 100 feet, and it consists of cellar, basement,
first, second and attic stories, with an octagonal
dome rising 120 feet above the main roof. Later
a ten-tier stack was constructed in the southeast
court, the roof of this structure being carried
directly on the steel frame of the stack.
The central feature is the main reading room,
100 feet in diameter, extending from the first floor
to the inner dome, a distance of 125 feet and lighted
through eight large arched windows in the clere-
story. It has 210 desks, thirty-six alcove tables and
can accommodate 250 readers at one time. In the
alcoves are two tiers of metal shelving holding
over 120,000 volumes. The distributing desk in
the center of the reading room is connected with
the three main stacks by pneumatic tubes and with
the north and south stacks by mechanical book
carriers.
Each stack has nine "decks" or floors, each
7 feet high. The dimensions and capacities of the
stacks are as follows:
Location
Depth
Length Height Volumes
capacity
North stack
44'8" X
llO'O'' X eS'O" 713,500
South stack
44'8" X
110'0"x65'0" 713,500
East stack
44'8" X
SO'O" X 65'0''' 173,000
Southeast court
stack
74'0" X
150'0" X SCO" 1,045,000
Total capacity of four main stacks,
2,645,000
The Smithsonian room on the second floor is
131 feet by 35 feet and has a book stack of three tiers
provided with an electric elevator. The capacity
of this stack is about 150,000 volumes.
A three-tier stack has also been installed in
the north curtain, second floor, for manuscripts and
documents, the total capacity being 250,000 volumes.
The westerly stacks in the first tier are enclosed
with plate glass for greater security.
In the attic are rooms for photography, repair
of prints and manuscripts, storage, a public restau-
rant, and a room containing a book stack of 80,000
volumes capacity for the Slavic section.
The music division occupies a portion of the
north curtain in the basement story, with auxiliary
bookstacks in the cellar directly below. It has a stor-
age capacity of 12,840 feet of 13 inch deep shelving.
Outside of the three main stacks the basement
story contains the reading room for the blind, the
departments of music and copyrights, a branch of
the Government Printing OflSce, the offices of the
superintendent, chief clerk and the watch, and the
mail room which handles all material arriving at
or dispatched from the library building, including
all mail matter and books delivered for outside use.
The building already contains over one hun-
dred miles of shelving for books exclusive of that
for prints, maps and charts.
The cellar space is devoted to the machinery
room, heating apparatus, workshops and storage.
The boilers and coal vaults are located under the
parking, near but quite outside the building, at the
east front.
[ 131 ]
u
Q
O
O
g
X
W
«
o
z
o
o
— fc
«
2
a.
en
O
o
K
<
J
o
Q
2
O
E-
O
2
X
us
<
U
o
2
o
o
o
«
<;
2
a,
O
O
J
H
2
U
w
<
M
E
u
2
O
O
g
X
<
(/)
K
O
O
o
Z
<
a,
cc;
O
O
J
H
£
u
Q
2
O
H
O
2
S
<n
w
ci
O
2
O
U
O
•A
<
2
<
CC
O
o
J
fe-
Q
2
O
U
W
o
o
O §
2; ■=
Q a
< ^
i ^
S .t:
w ^
S =
t^i §
(J tC
< ^
r ^
O <U
Q $
< I
§ -i
H t
O -2
S .£P
> -c
O h
w ""
-a
tij «
O •£
^ 1^
O °
fa !&
o i;
i» B
o
o
K
Z
o
p
u
u
en
fS
w
O
Z
o
o
o
<
a:
m
<
Q
<
Q
<
H
CO
Q
<
W
Z
w
z
o
u
X
H
o
w
z
o
y
3
NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY
Carrere & Hastings, Architects
John Shaw Billings, Late Director (deceased)
Edwin H. Anderson, Director
THE New York Public Library was founded
on the 27th of May, 1895, by the consoh-
dation of the Astor Library, the Lenox
Library and the Tilden Trust. At that time a
board of twenty-one trustees was elected from the
boards of these three corporations, and provision
was made for maintaining a free public library, with
such branches as might be considered advisable.
The site chosen for the main building was the
eastern end of Bryant Park on Fifth Avenue,
between 40th and 42nd Streets, then occupied by
the old reservoir. In 1897 the City of New York
agreed to erect a building which was to be admin-
istered by the trustees, with certain restrictions as to
time of opening and the maintenance of a circulating
library. The city furnished both site and money
for construction.
On November 11, 1897, the architects for the
new building were selected in competition. The
removal of the reservoir was begun in June, 1899
and on May 23, 1911, the building, completed at a
cost of $9,466,566, was opened to the public.
To the librarian the most interesting features of
the plan are: First, the placing of the main reading
room on the top floor at the rear, immediately above
the main stack room, its floor being supported by
the stack uprights. This gives a well lighted, well
ventilated, quiet room conveniently located over the
book "reservoir." Second, the arrangement and dis-
tribution of special reading rooms in such a way as
to make the books shelved there easily available for
use in the main reading room, and to allow unre-
stricted access to the books on the part of the investi-
gators and special students. Third, the grouping of
the administration rooms and offices on the south
side of the building, leaving the east, north and
west sides for reading rooms or storage of books.
The building is in the form of a rectangle, 390
feet front by 270 feet deep. The heights of the
floors are as follows: cellar, 13 feet; basement, 15
feet, first story, 22 feet 6 inches; second story, 16
feet; third story, ceiling height 11 to 23 feet; main
reading room, 50 feet. The heights of the base-
ment, first and second stories were made multiples
of the stack tier height, 7 feet 6 inches, in order
that the first, third and fifth stack decks might line
up with the main floors of the building. The area
covered by the library, exclusive of the open south
court, is 115,000 square feet and its cubic contents
is 10,380,000 cubic feet.
The material used is largely Vermont marble
bonded in brick walls, steel beams with terra cotta
arch floor construction, roof of copper and glass and
window frames of bronze.
The main bookstack occupies the larger part
of the rear of the building and extends upward
through the basement, first and second stories. It
is 297 feet long, 78 feet wide, and is made up of
seven tiers, each 7 feet 6 inches high, with deck
floors of Ig inch marble.
Each stack tier is divided into four quadrants
designated as Northwest, Northeast, Southwest and
Southeast. Each section consists of twenty-nine
double-faced ranges, composed of ten compartments
with six adjustable and one fixed shelf in each com-
partment. Along the walls are compartments 24,
26 and 30 inches deep, fitted with sliding shelves.
In all the main stack contains 96,000 adjustable and
16,000 fixed shelves, which placed end to end would
extend a distance of 63.3 miles. The capacity of
this big stack is about 3,000,000 volumes. In forty-
three other rooms in the basement, first, second and
third stories Snead bookstacks are provided with a
combined capacity of 500,000 volumes, making the
total stack capacity about 3,500,000 volumes.
The main reading room is 76 feet by 295 feet,
and accommodates about 800 readers. In the cen-
ter is the delivery department having pneumatic
tubes and four electric elevators connecting it with
the different levels of the stack room below, while
auxiliary elevators are placed at each end of the
stack. A pneumatic tube service connects the main
reading room with all rooms in which there are
special collections.
[ 139 ]
y
<
O)
c
hJ
j:
o
oq
D
^
Cu
cfl
W
m
K
-0
O
a
>^
-a
n
cfl
^
cfl
W
■n
<;
n)
C
2
C/J
o
sr.
H
■V
u
w
C/J
«
>>
W
J-l
>
-n
2;
0)
"F
<
Cfl
«
H
H
o
o
J3
cc
o
,—
<
!D
o
CQ
'3£
h-J
'V^
O
cr.
^
J
;^
CQ
Oj
-M
~
^.
' ■/'
CO
''f'
^
cC
C)
r-
K^
f^
>
-n
'
w
a*
c
2 r
o
Vi
h
2
3
n
<D
<;
p:
Q
£
Z
s
<
CD
c
fc H
X
1-4
fir
J
:t1
bb
!-
< ■£
EE c
fc
t- ^
o
.2 c
tai
c o
a
1 ^
o
-c c
t"
TO
1 i
2:
•-= 2
o «
T3 t-
<
B^ «
QJ O
T3 _Q
hJ
>. 'V
fc
M
.5' ■»
c
>
iS 3
13
S -3
CO QJ
<
s
^1
s
bi) 1-
p
J
•ti T3
o
£ ^
o
li
u
s
o
<
ho u
r^
cC
O
.=
c
^
UJ
o
2;
CC
>h"
-p
Pi
^
<
""
CQ
J
"o
>H
cu
H
n
r/l
d
CC
'^
w
>
:^
z
C/j
D
-a
rt
<
-c
CQ
f1
S
C/J
n
-o
J
c>
c
u
C/J
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
m m m m # # a a
2 lO ZO 30 40 SO „„^
6CALE .1 - ^ I I I rtn
Fig. 156.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, NEW YORK CITY
[ 150 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
6CALE, ^
zo ."io to so
rtir
Fig. 157. THIRD FLOOR PLAN, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, NEW YORK CITY
[ 151 ]
C/2
2
<
O
O
u
s
<
a
Q
E
<
u
>--
00
Cd
>
Q
ft:
<;
>
OS
<;
<;
ft:
03
2
o
w
2
fcd
Q
g
2
fti
M O
THE HARRY ELKINS WIDENER MEMORIAL
LIBRARY, HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
Horace Trumbauer, Architect
THE Harry Elkins Widener Memorial Library,
completed during the year 1915, houses the
principal book collection of Harvard Univer-
sity, as well as the precious group of rare and won-
derfully interesting books bi'ought together by Mr.
Widener. It stands, in part, on precisely the same
spot as old Gore Hall, a building which for seventy-
five years sheltered the richest and most widely used
collection of college books in America. The new
building faces inward towards the college grounds,
forming one side of a quadrangle, the other three
sides of which are occupied by University buildings.
From the rear of the entrance hall on the first
floor, monumental stairs lead to the second floor
which contains the main reading room overlooking
the college grounds. This room, accommodating
336 readers, is 192 feet by 40 feet and extends 43
feet to the roof. The other three sides of the build-
ing, however, contain a third floor of special collec-
tion and seminar rooms which rest directly on and
are carried by the bookstack below. The stack, ex-
tending across the rear and along the greater part
of both sides of the building, contains ten tiers with
a total capacity of 2,206,000 volumes. Vertical deck
slit construction with wide, fixed bottom shelves and
protected openings is employed on all deck floors.
The inconvenience and unsightly appearance of
vents, ducts and pipes carried through the book-
stack is eliminated by the provision of an open space
of about three feet, between the first and second
tiers, through which all these conductors are carried.
The stack room is ventilated in a simple and
economical manner by means of plenum fans forc-
ing fresh, properly heated air into the basement and
exhaust fans drawing the partially vitiated air out
from the top.
One of the distinguishing features of the stack
is a row of stalls along each outside wall, each stall
being well lighted and having comfortable room for
William Coolidge Lane, Librarian
a table and chair. The stack thus becomes practi-
cally a working laboratory, with the best possible
accommodations for individual and continuous work.
A striking innovation is found in the provision of a
large number of small study-rooms about 10 feet by
12 feet, or 12 feet by 15 feet for the private use of
professors and others. These are provided in five
tiers. Although these study-rooms open into the
stack, some of them are separated from it by a
screen, thus allowing students and visitors access to
the rooms, without passing through the stack proper.
Other studies are provided in different parts of
the building, the total number being seventy-four.
The upper floor contains fourteen studies, nineteen
rooms to be used for special libraries and seminars,
a photographing room, the Library's collection of
maps and manuscripts and many of the special col-
lections, such as the Classical Library and the Child
Memorial Library, which were formerly in other
buildings. The building contains thirty-six miscel-
laneous rooms equipped with Snead Steel Shelving.
As the center of the building was reserved for
the Widener books, the delivery room was placed
to one side. This was deemed permissible since, in
a college library, the greater part of the students
find the books necessary for daily work in the read-
ing room, while advanced students and officers have
direct access to the shelves and in most cases prefer
to look up their own books and work in the stack
rather than to call for books at the delivery desk.
These conditions greatly reduce the proportion of
books issued from the desk. The giouping of the
reading room, reference books, card catalog and
delivery desk, all in close juxtaposition, but separate
one from another, is a great advantage.
Ease of communication between the different
floors and departments is facilitated by telephones,
pneumatic tubes, book lifts, book conveyors and
passenger elevators.
[ 153 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 159. BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN, WIDENER MEMORIAL LIBRARY,
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
[ 154 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
^^^^^'3[^^^^^(i <q^r^^f
Fig. 160.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN, WIDENER MEMORIAL LIBRARY,
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
[ 155 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKST^INC.
Z 10 10 iO -W 50'
Fig. 161. SECOND FLOOR PLAN, WIDENER MEMORIAL LIBRARY,
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
[ 156 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 162. THIRD FLOOR PLAN, WIDENER MEMORIAL LIBRARY,
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
[ 157 ]
<
W
o
o
S
<
<
<
5
o
u
W
Z
w
Q
^ a>
COLLEGE, SCHOOL AND
SEMINARY LIBRARIES
GILMAN HALL, JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY
HARPER MEMORIAL LIBRARY, CHICAGO UNIVERSITY
UNION THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
KENT HALL, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
ANDOVER-HARVARD THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
PURDUE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
ST. CHARLES THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
LINCOLN HALL, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS
IOWA STATE TEACHERS' COLLEGE
KRAUTH MEMORIAL LIBRARY, MT. AIRY, PA.
INDIANA STATE NORMAL SCHOOL LIBRARY
HEBREW UNION COLLEGE LIBRARY
.JEWISH THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
WELLS COLLEGE LIBRARY
ST. ELIZABETH'S COLLEGE LIBRARY
DROPSIE COLLEGE LIBRARY
WILLIAMS MEMORIAL LIBRARY, TRINITY COLLEGE
DAVIS LIBRARY, PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY
VICTORIA COLLEGE LIBRARY, TORONTO
SCHAUFFLER MEMORIAL LIBRARY, MOUNT HERMON, MASS.
LOYOLA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
VAN WICKLE MEMORIAL LIBRARY, LAFAYETTE COLLEGE
COAST ARTILLERY TRAINING SCHOOL LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA LIBRARY
IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY LAW LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE LIBRARY
o
h4
o
i-"
a
u
z
t^
<
K
tH
o
'A
o
ix
(t:
J
w
■o
K
c
O
%
t*
H
m
J
..
•<
oa
O
>
H
'TS
C
M
O
«
u
W
Cfi
>
;3
-^
u
M
cd
2
w
X
fc
D-
o
o
K
_D
M
0)
2
E
«
r5
^
>
fc
(U
o
OJ
><
K
(ft
■<
0)
a
^
C
o
QJ
w
U
X
H
V.
o
J
J
o
qi:
<
■^i
K
2
-a
<;
c
cS
^ ■«
^
■^ t;
r^ OJ
o
=3 I
o
X
H
.?
ta
td
be
Pi
<
Uh
a.
GILMAN HALL, BALTIMORE, MD.
THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
Parker, Thomas & Rice, Architects
GILMAN HALL, the new fireproof library
of the Johns Hopkins University, was com-
pleted during the year 1914, at a total cost
of about .*;6()(),000. It is the first of the major build-
ings to be erected at Homewood, where all depart-
ments of the University, except the Medical School,
are to move.
Oilman Hall is the crown of the campus-
marked so by its place at the head of the main
quadrangle, by its architectural distinction, espe-
cially due to the portico and clock tower which rises
to a height of 120 feet, by its size and by its function.
The arrangement of the building is noteworthy be-
cause of the organization of the stack as a series of
departmental libraries, planned in the first instance
by the librarian who served as a secretary of the
faculty committee of five entrusted with the prepar-
ation of a program. After adoption by the com-
mittee and acceptance with minor adjustments, on
the part of the faculty, it was elaborated by the
architects.
The plan grew out of the unique library tradi-
tion of the University. Heretofore the library had
not had a stack, but consisted of a group of depart-
mental collections, each shelved in a separate room
or suite of rooms. The problem was to preserve to
faculty and students that immediate contact with all
the material of a subject, so important to work of
research, and yet secure the convenience of the in-
evitable stack. This was essentially accomplished
by putting the offices and seminar rooms of a depart-
ment on one side of a corridor, and on the other
the stack with accommodations therein for graduate
students. The building floors correspond to alter-
nate deck floors of the stack and in two tiers, con-
tained between one floor and the next, are stored
books of the subject pursued by the department
across the corridor at that level. In the stack a space
fifteen feet wide is left between ends of ranges and
the prismatic glass windows. Terrazzo floors, sur-
Dr. M. Llewellyn Raney, Librarian
faced with cork or linoleum, are laid at building
floor levels, and here are tables, chairs and individual
lights for graduate students. To complete the de-
partmental organization of the stack, deck-slits at
building-floor levels are closed and forced ventilation
is provided.
Nor is this all. Kindred departments can be
brought to the same floor for there are two such
stack systems, set sixty feet apart. The room which
ties them together on each floor is the seat of library
service and control, with departmental librarian,
branch catalog, current journals, new, reserved and
reference books, etc.
The stacks will ultimately contain nine tiers,
each consisting of thirteen ranges, 21 feet long. At
present, however, only tiers 3 to 8 inclusive are
equipped. These have nearly ten miles of shelving,
accommodating about 450,000 volumes. Approxi-
mately 300 graduate students can find accommoda-
tions in the stacks and their adjacent reference
rooms. The rooms across the front and rear pro-
vide quarters for undergraduate instruction but are
intended for future expansion of graduate work and
library administration.
The reading room occupies a complete floor in
the rear, being reached from both lateral corridors
as well as through an ornate enclosed bridge span-
ning the court. It has over 6,000 square feet of
floor space, and an abundance of natural light coming
from four sides and the top. Artificial illumination
is operated under the indirect system. The floor is
covered with inlaid cork. The radiators are re-
cessed and send their heat through horizontal grilles
in the window sills. Around the walls is an unbro-
ken line of shelving which will hold about 15,000 vol-
umes and 300 current journals. The room opens in-
to both stacks at the fifth tier, i.e., midway vertically.
As for control, one desk attendant in the read-
ing room at night can throw open all shelves and
still have command. In the day, three suffice.
[ 161 ]
2
O
O
z
D
O
a.
ta
o
o
H
z
a
w
u
o
H
So
w
>
g
2
a,
O
X
E
o
<;
a:
z
<:
o
<
X
o
o
o
z
o
u
u
z
<
o
o
H
I/)
w
o
J
<
m
H
00
>
D
c«
3
o
K
Z
O
•z.
<
o
o
o
<
o
S
o
O
>^
H
So
K
W
>
2
oi
■<
a;
ffl
S
o
w
2;
o
D
H
bo
o
o
o
2
<;
THE HARPER MEMORIAL LIBRARY,
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO
Shepley, Rutan & CooLiDGE, Architects
FROM 1892 to 1902 the General Library of
the University of Chicago was housed in a
temporary one-story brick building. In 1902
the library moved into the new Press Building, and
in the same year the first active steps were taken
toward the erection of a permanent central library
building. The committee appointed for the purpose
recommended that the library building be made the
central member of a group of nine buildings which
should include the Divinity School, Law School,
Historical and Social Science group, Philosophy
group. Classical group. Modern Language group
and the Oriental group, each to contain a depart-
mental library, so constructed as to have the read-
ing rooms of each at approximately the same level
with the reading room of the central building.
Mr. John D. Rockefeller promised to give, up
to $800,000, three-fourths of whatever amount
should be raised for the erection of a central library
building as a memorial to Dr. Wm. Rainey Harper,
first President of the University. Over $200,000
was raised in subscriptions. The above sums with
interest which accrued before and during the pro-
cess of building, somewhat exceeded one million
dollars. Of this sum approximately $800,000 was
spent upon the building and its furniture, and over
$200,000 set aside as an endowment fund for the
physical maintenance of the building. Ground was
broken on January 10, 1910, the corner-stone laid
June 14, 1910, and the building completed in June,
1912.
The main reading-room is on the third floor of
the middle section of the Harper Library. Adjoin-
ing it in the west tower is the public catalog and
general delivery room. From this floor bridges lead
immediately to the libraries in the Haskell Oriental
Museum and the Law Building. Eventually there
will also be immediate communication with the read-
ing rooms of the other buildings of the group, which
still remain to be built. The general administrative
Dr. Ernest D. Burton, Director
offices and working rooms of the libraries are on
the second floor. Other offices and rooms for spe-
cial collections are provided in the fourth, fifth and
sixth stories of the two towers.
The bookstacks rest directly on the basement
floor and are carried independently of the building.
The first floor, with the exception of the east tower
stack, is temporarily given up to classrooms and a
suite of offices for the president of the university.
Eventually the partitions of this space and those
of the floor above will be removed and the stack ex-
tended from below, increasing the present capacity
of about 525,200 volumes to over 1,000,000 volumes.
The basement stack is so designed that when the ad-
ditional stack tiers are added in the first and second
stories the weight will be carried through the base-
ment stack to the basement floor and not on the
main first floor.
In the building there are 81 rooms providing
accommodations for over six hundred readers and
office space for about 50 members of the staff and
faculties. A passenger elevator and two stairways
extend the entire height of each tower. Electric
book-lifts in both towers run from lower basement
to the sixth floor. Pneumatic tubes for the convey-
ance of book orders and charging cards connect
I various parts of the building. Speaking tubes and
telephones facilitate communication.
The center court, bounded on the south by the
library building; on the east by the Law School, and
on the west by the Haskell Oriental Museum, will be
known as the Harper Court, and eventually, it is
expected, there will stand in the center of it a bronze
I statue of President Harper.
In the stone carvings, both exterior and interior,
in addition to the traditional designs characteristic
of Gothic architecture, much use has been made of
the coats of arms of European, American and Asiatic
universities, and of the individual marks of the most
famous European printers.
[ 165
X
u
r-r-r-\ niin^uf- dn
^
o
o
<
u
X
u
o
So
>
Z
D
>-'
a;
<
w m
W
in
<
w
u
a,
<
X
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 172.
HARPER MEMORIAL LIBRARY, UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO
Basement tier of Snead Standard Stack showing side switclies on end shelf supports.
c
&
m
(h
S-,
,.n
c
J
C
T3
'X
tfj
H
0)
•?
■*^
m
>>
> 5
Q -5
p
^ J3
be
>-
0) =2
H
£ u
1 S
U
"t!
3
^
O
t- t;
a;
;h
F^ ^
n
o
U OJ
2
u
0) i
OJ
bJD -^ "^
>
c
t'^
<
to
O
2
c
17}
o
^
d
o -^
J
X X!
<
CO
bo
C
^ i
CI
-a
S g
o
3
^^
o
w
2
a:
0)
is 2
z
8
S f1
o
F "
CO — ;>
E o
^ O TS
"^ O C
-em?
£ o
o
b-g
O
^ =a
3 -M
O C
-H 2
biD T3
7J m
E <
H a
CD
Id
<
U
CD
<
O
O
o
►J
o
K
H
Q
>
«
>
o
Q
<
Oh
a;
o
O
H
in
j3
o .g
D r5
ri
-a M
'TJ
CD
C«
<^
o c
^
M m
O
73 cu
n
3 G
j2 cn
Qi
CQ
P CD
S
<"
o
a ;c
OJ 0)
^
-c j:
rr^
H H
L 0) -a
Cd U 77=
o -°
-^
T3
0)
n
-U
e
-C
m
rt
_Q
o
C
>^
00
y=
f^
t/i
3
w
bxj
X
>
0)
Uh
H
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 179.
OHIO STATE
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
COLUMBUS, O.
Allen & Collens, Architects
Miss Olive Jones, Librarian
Fig. 180. VIEW IN SEVEN-TIER
SNEAD STANDARD STACK
Several shelf compartments have
been temporarily omitted to make
room for study tables near win-
dows. Along the center 3-foot
aisle, partition shelf supports have
been used instead of range fronts
so that adjustable shelves can later
be placed across the aisle to in-
crease the stack capacity. In the
basement tier, structural steel col-
umns have been installed to sup-
port the six-tier stack above. See
Fig. 118, page 82. The columns
are designed so that, at some fu-
ture time, shelf supports and
shelves can be easily attached.
Space is left above the stack to
allow the installation of a future
eighth tier.
VIEW FROM THE CAMPUS
[ 172 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING. BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 181.
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 182.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, COLUMBUS, O.
The small stack adjoining the main stack room was designed for the storage of bound newspapers and
periodicals. Story heights of the building are in even multiples of the stack tier heights so that the main
floors line up with certain of the stack deck floors.
[ 173 ]
THE S^EAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 183.
VIEW OF EXTERIOR
Fig. 181,
MAIN READING ROOIM
PURDUE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, LAFAYETTE, IND.
Patton & Miller, Architects
"Direct-indirect" system of illumination used throughout the build^''"'' "' ""'"'''' '^''™''""
[ 174 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 185.
ma:in floor plan
Fig. 186.
g:round floor plan
PURDUE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, LAFAYETTE, IND.
Stack room contains a three -tier Snead Standard Stack; third tier on a level with main
floor of building. Provision has been made for two additional tiers above present stack.
[ 175 ]
0r
<
i4
o
o
CQ
w
>
o
d
w
S
o
oi
o
m
w
<
H
M
o
>H
<;
w
<
u
o
o
o
w
-o
a
o
3
o
X
o
s
=a
r-^
00
cfi
'— ^
s
Qi
bb
■<
E
K
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. ISS.
INTERIOR OF LIIBRAIRY
Fig, 189.
M'AIN FLOOR PLAN OF LIBRARY WING
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY OF ST. CHARLES BORROMEO, OVERBROOK, PA.
The library contains a one -tier Snead Standard Stack which has a capacity of 103,300 volumes. Solid
paneled design range fronts have been supplied and the bottom fixed shelf in each range has been
extended to accommodate oversize books. Provision has been, made for the addition of a future tier
above and the stack is fitted with a removable cornice which may be reset on the future second tier.
The electric conduits are carried directly on the stack cover plates. See Fig. 127. When the stack is
extended, the conduits will be disconnected at the walls and raised to a new level above the second
tier, no alterations being necessary.
[ 177 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. lao.
y U A U R A N G L E FRONT
^CALE III 1 '?! 1^ IIJ ' » ^>
Fig. 191
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
LINCOLN HALL, UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, URBANA, ILL
Ja.mks M. White, Supervising Architect ' r, t T,r
Fhineas L. Windsor, Librarian
l7f jZiZttTl" " seminar and special study rooms. Those in the seminar rooms are designed to receive future second
tiers. The building, known as a laboratory of the intellectual sciences," has its library divided and placed in separate rooms
or series of rooms so that each becomes a working laboratory for a special department, containing books, documents, maps
photographs, slides, busts and other material relative to the subjects treated.
[ 178 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING. BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
3 10 13 ZD 7i t
Fig. 193.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
IOWA STATE TEACHERS' COLLEGE, CEDAR FALLS, IOWA
Proudfoot, Bird & Rawson, Architects Miss Ellen D. Briscoe, Librarian
[ 179 ]
o
u
<
oq
J
o
H
D
<
<
2;
w
<
o
o
o
o
w
H
<
W
H
D
J
«]
hJ
cc;
H
■^ T3
CO -S
"J S
pec
S U CO
P CO C
^ iH ^J CO
CO tC _^ C
Q. b ? OJ
cS .S
2 - '^:|
CO c ^
a. 2
.S2 bi] '
^ '(3
2
O
o
Tl
<
cd
3
H
<
^
0)
iH j: o ^
^ bo
CO 'C
-i^
I il^" :.
; 1 ""n""'
Jj LL
z
<
o
o
IS
OS
o
u
X
w
<
<Xx
O
o
o
CO
Pi
O
2
W
H
<;
en
<
2;
<
Q
z
w
W
<
o
S c
z S
Z u
o ^
D
X
H
«
2
O
M
Q
OJ
"Si;
-^ o >S
fl] "il CD
M T3 "^
O > .g ^
M-J -* Cfi U
CO -C ■> 5
•S '-c g
^ ^ -°
z
<
0.
03
o
o
w
W
o
O
n
1)
5
■3
CO
C
.2
•<
3i
.5
OJ
'0
C
m
&
m
'^
i
u
'4-t
J
o
Q
<
J
0)
-0
C
3
c
OJ
s
w
:j
a*
^
t-.
hfi
s
o
O
t
H
>
0)
QJ
UJ
^
CO
C
bn
■*-'
a;
J
^
a
C
^
j:
J
H
3
o
OJ
!^
O
o
<
3
bC
^
OJ
OJ
"3
2
c
X.
;^
^
.^
£
o
s
K
K
u
w
O
OJ
G
O
M
_b£i
"S
c
OJ
QJ
OJ
QJ
"3
^
z
o
o
2
^
o
03
H
'be'
<
CO
bl)
'S
c
3
13
<
bo
g
a
z
a.
O
o
<
o
g
7i
o
cd
cvi
<
2
id
CI-
OJ
3
8
^
%
cd
-3 o
CD S
§
<
m
cd
o
c
'~n\
n
£ .S
W
o
•^
_C
^
F
2
OT
^^
CO
J
f^
r
QJ
H
7)
O trt
U
H
o
a!
o
cd
en
c
c V,
<
<
in
O
o
C
(d
c
o
2 i
J
o
cd
o
"^
<d
£
■S 'ii
a
o
O
_o
>;•
bJli
^1
H
J
/-
_c
!-
'.t;
a
a;
2
o
w
2
a;
2;
c5
rCi
5
o
u
a!
-C CO
ii
■5 td
j>3 cj
E
OT
>
0;
0/
3
"P
0^
tt
^
S
Q
O
<
CD
0)
0)
C?^
c
IJ
^'P
w
K
_c
c
tn
OJ
>
E -S
-5
<
D
o
OJ
c
o
'o
tn
iS
>
I i I I I I I I i I I r I I I I I I I
3,
<
Hfvo Tcoog ^ood ?ryn^. .p-j.
-r I I I I I I
iiiii
z
<;
a,
o
o
J
b,
Q
■X.
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
- tf*SSS£" >
^-
^^,-,
^^Sk^j
' *^^
^^m
!J^»
,^k
SjB^h' '^" "
^w
^^m
Pb.
■ ■^Sc*'
.
^
^'^^RBflJ
Itm^^t^^
'■^x^ ■"'
[-
P,
-'l^^i^H
^^■fs_^^
Wi
s^^^x^
w^
fit"
Jd^^ ,.
•-SfaKis^a
^^Jh-
fe
'^^^^k
1
m
H
■
p^iB* '* jj
m
.1
IIBL^^^i^
m
1
^^'^^^^H
1
S^^J^Bj^^
i— ^ cSB ~ E iM R B^gJ
^^m
^rT
sfl
■■1
H|
sR^fiSW^ jt»-« ^ i^
H
I
n
11
1
1
Fig. 202.
VIEW FROM THE CAMPU.S
Fig. 203.
VIEW IN FIRST TIER OF STACK ROOM
FRANCES FOLSOM CLEVELAND LIBRARY, WELLS COLLEGE, AURORA N Y
Beverly S, King and Harry Leslie Walker ' Miss Alice' E. Sanborn
Associated Architects r -i
ijiljranan
Funds for the purchase of this stack were raised by individual and group donations. The opposite ends of the
ranges illustrated above contain tablets marking the separate sections purchased by the respective donors.
[ 184 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 204.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 205. BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
FRANCES FOLSOM CLEVELAND LIBRARY, WELLS COLLEGE, AURORA, N. Y.
[ 185 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 206. ST. ELIZABETH'S COLLEGE LIBRARY, CONVENT STATION, N. J.
Maginnis & Walsh, Architects Sister Marie Elise, Librarian
MiiiNT i iinnri M- p |i. iiii (i M »] r;;W ' ; ; ; ; ;;i; i " ""' ! !t! t . ' j ! i»:!: ' Il 3 — I'J.'I'I'tiTiiS' '!!>!n!in''J2 '
W
Fig. 207. DROPSIE COLLEGE LIBRARY, PHILADELPHIA, PA.
PiLCHER & Tachau, Architects D^ Cyrus Adler, Librarian
Building designed to house several departments at present, but provision has been made so that it may ultimately be used for
library purposes only.
[ 186 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
i
1
1 1
i 3 TACK. HOO/A
J! 32-4".53'-o"
r-w
z
I./ '^
p ■ 111
p
15-6". n^
tOOM>3
13-0", 16'-6"
TE.IN1TY COLLEGE
Fig. 208.
l-tOOK. CA5E.S
A II
Vh
02.
O C
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 209. FIRST FLOOR PLAN
WILLIAMS MEMORIAL LIBRARY, TRINITY COLLEGE, HARTFORD, CONN.
La Farge & Morris, Architects Walter B. Briggs, Librarian
[ 187 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 210.
EXTERIOR VIEW
Fig. 211.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
DAVIS LIBRARY, PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY, EXETER, N. H.
Cram, Goodhue & Ferguson, Architects Miss Mabel Cilley, Librarian
On the ground floor are two rooms being used as study rooms. These will later be put to
library use. A cataloging room, stack room and toilets are also contained on this floor.
[ 188 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 212.
VIEW FROM CAMPUS
Fig. 213.
GROUND FLOOR PLAN
VICTORIA COLLEGE LIBRARY, TORONTO, ONTARIO
Sproatt & RoLPH, Architects A. E. Lang, Librarian
Upper story contains two large seminar rooms and several small rooms for research work.
Basement contains offices, book bureau, receiving room, caretaker's quarters, attendant's room,
cloak room, lavatories, boiler room and storage space. Stack room entirely fireproof ; stone
interior walls and steel sash.
[ 189 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
FiK. 214.
EXTERIOR VIEW
Vm.-liT,. I'IRST FLOOR PLAiX
SCHAUFFLER MEMORIAL LIBRARY, MOUNT HERMON, MASS.
Pauish & ScHROEDER, Architects Mis.s Elizabeth Conway, Librarian
[ 190 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 216.
EXTERIOR VIEW
Fig. 217. TWO-TIER SNEAD STANDARD STACK, GOTHIC DETAIL
LOYOLA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY, NEW ORLEANS, LA.
De Buys, Churchill & Labouisse, Architects Father Albert Biever, Librarian
[ 191 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 2r).
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
VAN WICKLE MEMORIAL LIBRARY, LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, EASTON, PA.
Harris & Richards, Architects John C. Stonecipher, Librarian
When the new bookstack wing was added, the two-tier bracket stack contained in the old building,
being too weak to support further construction, wtis reset as a single tier above a two-tier Snead
Standard Stack.
[ 192 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 220.
K R O i\ T E L E \ A T I O N
F,g. 221. FIRST FLOOR PLAN
COAST ARTILLERY TRAINING SCHOOL, FORT MONROE, VA.
Francis B. Wheaton, Architect
Major T. W. Winston, Librarian
[ 193 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
VIEW FROM CAMPUS
ZQ ;^ X! »
Fig. 223.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA LIBRARY, CHAPEL HILL, N. C.
Frank P. Milburn & Co. Architects
Louis R. Wilson, Librarian
[ 194 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 224.
MAIN READING ROOM
Fig. 225.
THIRD FLOOR PLAN
IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY LAW LIBRARY, IOWA CITY, lA.
Proudfoot, Bird & Rawson, Architects Merton L. Person, Librarian
Snead Standard Stack ranges with removable steel cornices form alcoves along the sides of the reading
room giving students direct access to the books. The stack is designed to receive a mezzanine floor when
an extension of capacity is required. When this addition is made, the cornices of the first tier ranges will
be reset on those of the second tier.
[ 195 ]
o
c
o
O
>
z
<
c«
— '
T
•J.
cd
s
O
o
^
u.
OJ
Q
+-■
z
?^
cd
o
2
n
u
W
w
l-
-a
-D
W
J
QJ
>
V
X
o
O
2
«
>'
R!
tf
<
ci
«
p^
u-
m
' — '
C/J
w
-^
frl
cd
m
C
M
[tI
2
(/J
z
-a
w
d)
H
c
>
2
O
<
PUBLIC LIBRARIES
BIBLIOTHEQUE ST-SULPICE, MONTREAL
FALL RIVER, MASSACHUSETTS
SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS
MULTNOMAH COUNTY, PORTLAND, OREGON
TORONTO, ONTARIO
DENVER, COLORADO
BROOKLINE, MASSACHUSETTS
BEVERLY, MASSACHUSETTS
GARY, INDIANA
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
WASHINGTON, DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
MANCHESTER, NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW ROCHELLE, NEW YORK
ELIZABETH, NEW JERSEY
ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA
EVANSTON, ILLINOIS
REGINA, SASKATCHEWAN
FERGUSON MEMORIAL, STAMFORD, CONN.
SOMERVILLE, MASSACHUSETTS
MOOSE JAW, SASKATCHEWAN
LIBRARY OF HAWAII, HONOLULU
BANGOR, MAINE
MASON LIBRARY, GREAT BARRINGTON, MASS.
OTTAWA, ONTARIO
WILLIAMSBURG BRANCH, BROOKLYN, N, Y.
PACIFIC BRANCH, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
CARROLL PARK BRANCH, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
LOUIS GEORGE BRANCH, KANSAS CITY, MO.
SOUTHBORO, MASSACHUSETTS
PROCTOR, VERMONT
WHITINSVILLE, MASSACHUSETTS
NEWTOWN, PENNSYLVANIA
SYRACUSE, NEW YORK
a
< S 5
'■^
•: .■" £
o
o
a, .^ ^
J
Oj cS ^
fc
"a^ s
H
- y
g CO c
<
o
< . 1
ri
.. ■" M
a
= ■" o
= O CO
<
eparat
access
the ca
2
O
ij o ^
0/ 0- ^
W
^ "5 '
O
oi bi .5
Uh
cont
er gi
he \v
H
s^" £'
ian Orde
, and a f
page 200
^
a
.'W
O
'^ S 5
►J
QJ (U *"
2
<
2
5
J
a.
r3 "^ >
OS
0/ 0; V)
o
= -2 S
o
C « +J
J
'^ a ^
fe
O OJ c
H
., ^ '^
z
-RSiS
w
O j: O
5-
a o '^
W
<
^^ 1
CO
fe S ^
<u
CO
-n
cd
o
QJ
VJ
nS
QJ
F
bri
S
L^
c
W
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig.:231.
TRAXSX'ERSE SECTION
riRST TLGDE
Fig. 232
LONGITUDINAL SECTION
BIBLIOTHEQUE ST-SULPICE, MONTREAL, QUEBEC
[ 200 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 233.
ENTRANCE V 1 E V\'
Fig. 234.
MAIN FLOOR PLAN
FALL RIVER PUBLIC LIBRARY, FALL RIVER, MASS.
Cram, Goodhue & Ferguson, Architects Geo. W. Rankin, Librarian
The stack room, originally designed *to accommodate six stack tiers, has been gradually filled up with
Snead Standard Stack by adding one tier at a time.
[ 201 ]
H
Z
o
(J
Z
<
f-
z
u
Ci.
O
>
>•
<
Q
O
2
C/3
<
W
&-,
o
z
■« ^
— ». i !>
^ 01 ,cS
J
o
w
CJ _a;
^ U ») ~ . 'C
C CD c OJ 12
o -il "S -^ E '"
o -a ^ - o .S
3 = £E
in N JS
&5 1! O
-t; m <u
cd i
o Cd
o M _ t: ~
o
o
OS
<;
H
o
«
en
>
u
Q
Z
<
Q
Z
W
H
<
X
H
W
u
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 238.
FIRST FLOOR FLAN
? 10 i; 20 z? ;o j?
Fig, 239.
BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
SPRINGFIELD CITY LIBRARY, SPRINGFIELD, MASS.
On the second floor, just above the entrance hall, is located a fireproof vault in which valuable books and papers may be stored.
To the left of this are the medical library and study, and rooms for administration and cataloging. To the right are a large lecture
hall and a map room. An exhibition room occupies the rear of the building on this floor.
[ 203
2
<
o
o
J
Q
2
O
O
w
D
>^
H
Z
;:3
o
u
X
<
o
2
H
D
O
Q
2
<
►J
H
O
Oh
^a 3 (1)
^^ ^ OJ
_:<;
F
o
-C
F
■*-■
o
p
"H.
e
o
Eh
o
t-l
UJ
_c
c
T3
o
>
O
-5
C3
r/1
tn
O
3
F
n
o
E
O
t
tt:
F-i
B
rt
>
S
(/J
MH
3
CJ
n
3
m
u
en
-j=
o
Li
TJ
CJ
o
-d
JZ
-y
on
H
^
T
'fl
OJ
_c
^
OJ
j::
OJ
CO
bc
O
c
!h
lii
.2
'en
O
rt
3
-^
O
a
>
O
t-i
1
tn
-^3
F
11
(U
r<
.-^
(/J
bo
o,
n
<V
cd
3
Cfi
o
<D
z
<
a.
T3
c
'3
-itf
c
K
C/J
V
8
o
-a
c
HD
F
o
o
b
o
E-i
O
O
o
o
jn
rr:
3
-^
cd
<JI
fc.
M-H
o
H
•5 o
£ <
_c
,■+-;
3
^
hn
0)
c
11
.^
<
H
O
d
o
«
o
<
O
2
Ki
W
H
02
O
J
CQ
D-
O
H
O
Pi
O
H
O
o
►J
O
z
<
s
<<
u
o
o
a
a
O
60
LIBRARY PLANNING^ BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 244.
TORONTO PUBLIC REFERENCE LIBRARY, TORONTO, ONTARIO
The absence of corridors and the grouping of the several departments has developed a plan with practically no waste space.
The delivery room, in direct communication with every other room on the first floor, is so located as to allow complete control
from this one central point; and the stack room setting free on three sides, affords an opportunity for extensive expansion.
[ 207 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 246.
BOOKSTACK AND DELIVERY DESK
DENVER PUBLIC LIBRARY, DENVER, COLO.
Albert Randolph Ross, Architect
Chalmers Hadley, Librarian
[ 208 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 247.
• • • •
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 248.
F.IRST FLOOR PLAN
DENVER PUBLIC LIBRARY, DENVER, COLO.
[ 209 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
FiK. 249.
V I E W F K () M S T R E E T
Fig. 250.
R. Clipston Stl'rgis, Architect
VIEW OF DELIVERY ROOM
BROOKLINE PUBLIC LIBRARY, BROOKLINE, MASS.
Miss Louisa M. Hooper, Librarian
[ 210 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 251.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 252. BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
BROOKLINE PUBLIC LIBRARY, BROOKLINE, MASS.
The reading room floor is carried by the two-tier Snead Standard Staci< in the basement.
[ 211 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 253.
ENTRANCE VIEW
Fig. 254.
VIEW IN SECOND STACK TIER
BEVERLY PUBLIC LIBRARY, BEVERLY, MASS.
Cass Gilbert, Architect Miss Martha P. Smith, Librarian
The view in the bookstack shows marble deck floors, double-paneled range fronts, and lift
enclosure with steel ledge and wire mesh panels.
[ 212 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 255.
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 256. MAIN FLOOR PLAN
BEVERLY PUBLIC LIBRARY, BEVERLY, MASS.
The building has been planned to allow extension of the stack, not only by adding tiers, but also by
increasing the number of ranges in each tier by extending to the rear.
[ 213 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 257.
ENTRANCE VIEW
_jj I,
Fig. 258.
VIEW IN TOP TIER OF STACK ROOM
GARY PUBLIC LIBRARY, GARY, IND.
H. D. Whitfield, Architect
Louis J. Bailky, Librarian
The floor of the reading room, directly above the stack room, is carried by the shelf supports of the
Snead Standard Stack.
[ 214 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 259.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 260.
BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
GARY PUBLIC LIBRARY, GARY, IND.
Gary has been growing so rapidly that the Carnegie appropriation was increased before the library building
was commenced. Future expansion of the building is planned by adding new wmgs at each end.
[ 215 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 261.
Fig. 262. FIRST FLOOR PLAN
LOUISVILLE PUBLIC LIBRARY, LOUISVILLE, KY.
PiLCHER & Tachau, Architects
George T. Settle, Librarian
On the second floor are located children's, class, study and art rooms; the third story contains a museum. Clerestory windows
light the two upper tiers of the stack room. In the basement are janitor's and service rooms, a lecture hall and a newspaper
and public documents room. The electric switches in the stack room control the lights under the glass floors of each tier.
[ 216 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 263.
ENTRANCE VIEW
1 — ip'^^f pn
iCALE
Fig. 264.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN '
PUBLIC LIBRARY, WASHINGTON, D. C.
George F. Bowerman, Librarian
Albert Randolph Ross, Architect
A large Memorial Hall occupies the central space in the second story; the left wing contains a lecture hall and the right wing is
used for newspapers and periodicals. This story also contains the upper part of the stack, trustees' room and several study rooms.
[ 217 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 265.
VIEW OF EXTERIOR DURING CONSTRUCTION
Fig. 266.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
MANCHESTER PUBLIC LIBRARY, MANCHESTER, N. H.
Edward L. Tilton, Architect Miss F. Mabel Winchell, Librarian
The stack room, extending through the basement and first stories, is open to the readers.
[ 218
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 267.
SECOND FLOOR PLAN
SCALE
s lO
Fig. 268. FIRST FLOOR PLAN
NEW ROCHELLE PUBLIC LIBRARY, NEW ROCHELLE, N. Y.
Albert Randolph Ross, Architect Miss Jessie Brainerd, Librarian
The stack room forms the central feature about which the other rooms have been planned.
[ 219
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 270.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
ELIZABETH PUBLIC LIBRARY, ELIZABETH, N. J.
Edward L. Tilton, Architect Chas. A. George, Librarian
The four-tier Snead Standard Stack supports the floor of the medical library above. The
basement story contains the lower part of stack, lecture room, staff room, work and store
rooms. On the second floor are executive and administrative offices, cataloging, special
study and exhibition rooms, and six rooms for special collections.
[ 220 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 271.
REPRODUCTION FROM ARCHITECT'. S PERSPECTIVE
Building in course of construction, 1911.
Fig. 272.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
MR. JAS. J. HILL'S REFERENCE LIBRARY AND ST. PAUL PUBLIC LIBRARY, ST. PAUL, MINN.
Electus D. Litchfield, Architect W. Dawson Johnston, Librarian
Although under one roof, these libraries are, in effect, separate institutions and will be administered as such. While Mr. Hill's
Library will contain a private collection and will be supported by him, it is understood that it will be free to public use. This
library will consist, in the main, of one great room with three tiers of galleries. The St. Paul Public Library will contain, besides
those rooms usually required, a children's auditorium, a binding and printing department, a room for the blind, a kitchen, lunch
and sitting room for the staff, and a staff class room with studies adjoining. A feature of the plan is the direct communication
between departments and the absence of wasteful hall space. This is the last building on which the late Charles C. Soule acted
in an advisory capacity.
[ 221
>
o
<
CQ
u „
CQ
D
O,
Z
o
H
2
<
>
ca 3
►J
o
o
CO 3;
s a,
o <
o
Is
i^ K 5
■^ ^ 2 .2P
* I .^ - ^ -S
4 i I I - s
^^ i S S f I
-a *- 5 „ " -o
'S -M ^ C ^ m "3
-, ^ .^ ?^ OJ t- c
g - -g ^ a. _„ 5
nn
0)
^
c
H
crt
c
^
rt
.i^
>^
H
n
tn
u
3
QJ
CO
c
;>
^3
CO
cd
, — ^ 0) >■,
s -^
Em
m B
r h
2S
2
<
c
«
o
o
J
H
CO
c j: _c CO
=3
o
^ ■> ^ :^ ■z
^
rn
2
<
TJ
w
<
2
<
w
2
5
T3
^
<!'
O
-J
c
01
^
X
tn
CQ
W
u
<
J
E
u
«
«
H
s
^
O
U
-r
H
'-'
L^
t^
J
r/1
[rt
o
CQ
<
<
<
o
<
cj:
c
75
^
2
c
=i
HH
o
O
«
w
O
w
o
c;
—
w
K
UJ
u
>
K
z
>
E
Dh
^
■"■
■*-
a.
tl)
«
-a
rr
^
OJ
<u
o
o
cu
o
o
'
a
E
cti
-a
Q
r
c
o
o
3
o
.fa
E
o
O c
« ; — I
3 r- ^
"S -— III
0^ o
■2 g
■ii a - :3
•i o ^^ ^
H 3. CO
o
2
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 277.
EXTERIOR VIE\¥
Fig. 278.
FIRST FLOOR PLAX
FERGUSON MEMORIAL LIBRARY, STAMFORD, CONN.
Tracy, Swartwout & Litchfield, Architects Miss Alice M. Colt, Librarian
On the second floor are located a small exhibition hall and a general reference room.
[ 224 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 279.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 280.
BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
SOMERVILLE FREE PUBLIC LIBRARY, SOMERVILLE, MASS.
Edward L. Tilton, Architect Drew B. Hall, Librarian
The two-tier Snead Standard Stack, carrying the delivery room floor above, occupies the center of
the basement story, which space could be put to no other use owing to its lack of direct natural
light. Note that the main floor consists of but one great room, with glass partitions in one corner,
enclosing the librarian's offices.
[ 225 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
AM /m.
Fig. 281.
ENTRANCE VIEW
Fig. 282. FIRST STACK TIER
MOOSE JAW PUBLIC LIBRARY, MOOSE JAW, SASK.
Reid & McAlpine, Architects A. H. Gibbard, Librarian
[ 226 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 283.
FRONT VIEW
Fig. 284.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
LIBRARY OF HAWAII, HONOLULU, T. H.
Henry D. Whitfield, Architect Miss E. J. Allyn, Librarian
The two-tier Snead Standard Stack supports the "lanai" or open air reading room above. Second story
contains an auditorium, Hawaii Historical Society room, club room and a children's story room.
[ 227 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 286.
MAIN FLOOR PLAN
BANGOR PUBLIC LIBRARY, BANGOR, ME.
Peabody & Stearns, Architects Chas. A. Flagg, Librarian
Stack room designed to accommodate four tiers of stack. At the outset only the second tier, as seen
above, was installed over the bare steel columns of the first tier. Later the central portion of the
first tier was equipped with shelf supports and shelves.
[ 228
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 288.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
MASON LIBRARY, GREAT BARRINGTON, MASS.
Blanchard & Barnes, Architects Miss Emma W. Sheldon, Librarian
The single tier of Snead Standard Stack, with solid paneled range fronts, has a remov-
able steel cornice so that a second tier may be conveniently installed when required.
[ 229 ]
c
-C
C/J
^
<;
u
5
+->
t/J
Tl
+J
^
0)
ffl
m
o
cd
t-l
<
<-M
H
O
(n
bn
cd
0)
■S
(1)
«
o
ti
O
iS
-o
ctf
-Q
cd
u
bc
f-
z
-a
c
3
>
"
i=
w
en
-C
S
H
5 "
o
c
J
2^ CO
o ^
<
H
O
Pi
<
u
pa
<;
<
H
E-
O
o
o
Q
W
r
OJ
_c
n
>
cd
r£3
cd
-C
n,
r
X
QJ
_c
n
2-
;s
OJ
pii
T-|
CJ
QJ
m
^
0)
J-!
-C
_iii
^
Tl
Oi
t^
-lii
o
^ bi
c
o
tJ)
o
S-i
m
cd
r«
>
frt
s
s
-•^
o
r/)
'A
-n
;-(
-n
cd
H
C/J
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 291.
FRONT VIEW OF EXTERIOR
Fig. 292.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
WILLIAMSBURG BRANCH LIBRARY, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
Frank P. Hill, Librarian
Walker & Morris, Architects
This is the largest of the Brooklyn branches of the Carnegie library system. The delivery desk forms a focal point from which
the librarian has absolute supervision, including even the radial aisles in the two-tier stack. The change of axis gives a distinct
separation between the children's and the reading rooms. The basement contains a lecture hall with stage, anterooms and toilet
under the reading room; work and storage rooms under the children's room; and toilets, boiler room, and fan under the stack.
[ 231 ]
< <
K
-C
o
z
ci:
H
_g
z
a:
Eh
>'
<s
OJ
J
^
>
Uh
3
o
O
(T
cd
^
O
"i-
w
CQ
^
>
>-<-
S3
u
«
o
<
7,
OS
<
m
e
o
-t
«
hJ
OJ
H
z
-M
.,C
cu
CO
J
S
o
o
w
n
c
S
^
-a
r
2
3
8
3
J3
nC
n
-U
aj
7;
_fl
H-l
n
H
O
?
_C
^
c
ni
, — 1
[_
-a g
-5
1-
-o
!^
s
O
o
B
■^
n
tiC
t-i
c
m
QJ
nj
r>
z
_D
<
T3
J
C
a.
r^
(J
ir
cS
o
Cfi
c
o
b
h
B
f-
o
c/)
3
K
cd
-o
OJ
fc
cd
>
OJ
T3
B -
-Q M
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
SCALt-z.
Fig. 296.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
CARROLL PARK BRANCH LIBRARY, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
Wm. B. Tubby & Bro., Architects Frank P. Hill, Librarian
Directly under the stack room and delivery desk, is located a stage and auditorium
with direct access to the street. To the left are three large study rooms and to
the right a staff room, work room, janitor's quarters, and lavatories.
[ 233 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 297.
VIEW OF EXTERIOR
Fig. 29X.
STACK AND READING ROOM
LOUIS GEORGE BRANCH LIBRARY, KANSAS CITY, MO.
Chas. A. Smith, Architect ' □ d ur
f. a. Wright, Librarian
The open shelf principle is here fully developed as the stack room is entirely open to the readers and forms the
principal architectural feature of the interior.
[ 234 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 299,
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
0-* O"
^~^^^"
[F
STOBjXGt
STOC.E ROOM
ITJtL
BOILEE. ROOM
IB-8XI+0'
r
P
^^
—
VEST.
U
COCE.IDOIL
48',ol{30
VOaK ROOM
SCALE, or FEET
ASSEMBLY BOOM
44-9XZ S-O'
Fig. 300.
BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
LOUIS GEORGE BRANCH LIBRARY, KANSAS CITY, MO.
Note that the assembly roo:n in the basement ^^^^e reached tWgh a sid^^^
directly from the street, without passmg through the hbrary proper.
[ 235
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 301.
:i
I--5-5-
■5-6-
n\
U!ILaQ>«
tfn
3TACX R.OO(A
-"OP
Q
IT Tf
Q
Q
fH—Jt
Q
QQQQ
o
QOQQ
UOANOESK
a
OOOO
CHILDR-EM
'0
.1
■PUBklC
r-t si-'-o" 1-
QQOD
ADULTS
D
QQQQ
•4
o
o
f
O
-1
1-
4
UJ
_
<
u
:•£
o
o
d3
s
o
-I
QQQQ
OODO
O,
PI
n^ « ^^
_ O
oooa
o
L^^.
a
SCALEJ
15 EO
2S 30 3S
Fig. 302.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
SOUTHBORO PUBLIC LIBRARY, SOUTHBORO, MASS.
Alfred Cookman Cass, Architect Miss Francena E. Buck, Librarian
Basement floor contains stack room, public documents and unpacking rooms, boiler
room and storage space.
[ 236 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING^ BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 303.
ENTRANCE VIEW
Fig. 304,
DELIVERY ROOM, WITH STACK AT LEFT
PROCTOR PUBLIC LIBRARY, PROCTOR, VT.
Harry Leslie Walker, Architect Mary K. Norton, Librarian
The stack room, placed directly opposite the entrance, contains a two-tier Snead Standard Stack with colonial design range fronts.
[ 237 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. r.05.
Fig. 306.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
WHITINSVILLE PUBLIC LIBRARY, WHITINSVILLE, MASS.
R. Clipston Sturgis, Architect Mrs. W. H. Fullrr, Librarian
The two-tier Snead Standard Stack is contained in the basement and first stories and
carries the roof above it. Besides the boiler and storage rooms, the basement also
contains a bindery, an unpacking and branch room and a large working space.
[ 238 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 307.
VIEW OF EXTERIOR
^CALt
Fig.
MAIN FLOOR PLAN
NEWTOWN PUBLIC LIBRARY, NEWTOWN, PA.
Henry L. Reinhold, Jr., Architect W. E. Martindale, Librarian
This shows a typical plan for a small town library. The floor space has been
divided into three units: stack room, general reading room and children's reading
room, arranged in such manner as to allow supervision by a single attendant.
Provision has been made for the addition of another tier of Snead Standard Stack.
[ 239 ]
z
<
_^
Oh
«
o
o
J
b
n
Q
nJ
Z
t-l
o
J3
u
w
>-^
Q
Z
w"
:s
^
U
<
w
OS
;^
>-
o
C/J
CO
.
>H
£
<
J
o
o
cu
J
"S
m
^1
p
<
0-
i
w
<(
rn
u
p
<
o
m
<
tf
<;
>H
Cfi
C/J
z
<
<
•-5
— ^
fc
OS
o
o
J
b
H
cfi
05
PARLIAMENTARY
AND STATE LIBRARIES
BRITISH COLUMBIA PARLIAMENTARY LIBRARY
ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE LIBRARY
ARKANSAS STATE CAPITOL
WISCONSIN STATE CAPITOL
SUPREME COURT LIBRARY, SALEM, OREGON
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig 313 BASEMENT FLOOR OF LIBRARY WING SHOWING FIRST
TIER OF SNEAD STANDARD STACK
BRITISH COLUMBIA PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, VICTORIA, B. C.
[ 243 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
111 \f^s^l^
Fig. 315.
VIEW FROM QUEEN'S PARK. SHOWING NEW LIBRARY W^NG
Fig. 316.
THIRD FLOOR PLAN OF LIBRARY WING
ONTARIO PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, TORONTO. ONTARIO
George W. Gouinlock, Architect Avern Pardoe, Librarian
This wing was designed to allow the addition of future stories above. The third and fourth
stories are devoted to library purposes, the administration offices being placed in the third
story on a level with the legislative rooms of the main building. Each of the two stories con-
tains a two-tier Snead Standard Stack occupying the center of the floor space, while the space
adjoining the windows is devoted to work and study rooms.
[ 2U ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 317.
VIEW IN LIBRARIAN'S OFFICE
The single-faced, paneled back counter with shelving, opening on opposite side, the standing desk and the
Unit System wall shelving with ledge, are all of Snead manufacture.
Fig. .318.
GENERAL VIEW OF BOOKSTACK. THIRD FLOOR
A double-faced Snead Newspaper Counter entirely surrounds the stack, serving the triple purpose of a railing,
a convenient storage space for bound newspaper volumes, and a long consulting table.
ONTARIO PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, TORONTO, ONT.
[ 245 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
Fig. 319.
\IE\V OF EXTERIOR
Fig. 32(1.
SUPREME COURT LIBRARY ROOM
ARKANSAS STATE CAPITOL, LITTLE ROCK, ARK.
C.\ss GiLHERT, Architect
Peyton D. English, Librarian
A three-tier Snead Standard Stack is installed along two side walls, with a spiral stairway and con-
necting galleries. This arrangement shows how a stack room can be combined with a reading room
so as to give direct access to all books.
[ 246 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 321.
VIEW DURING CONSTRUCTION
Fig. 322.
UNIT SYSTEM SNEAD STANDARD STACK IN LIBRARY
WISCONSIN STATE CAPITOL, MADISON, WIS.
Geo. B. Post & Sons, Architects
GiLSON G. Glazier, Librarian
The Hbrary contains a Unit System Snead Standard Stack with solid paneled range fronts, ornamental card
frames, steel base and cast iron cornice. It is planned to move the library into another wing as soon as the
building is completed, altering the length of stack ranges where necessary to conform to the new conditions.
[ 247 J
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
.j-'<^
Fig. 323.
VIEW OF EXTERIOR
t t t t t t t
LI6LAR,Y 5TACK--
t t t ( T-<r-\
2|-O".£3-0'
\ \ \ \ t—rgl
fe'-<>a-fe)'o't3tff->0't3'-(>t
t \ \ \ 1.^
t j ( t t r^r-i
t t t i:iE3
-5TATL LIDI^AR:/ R.EADING R„O0/K\-
60'-0'. 15'-0"
■
■
W
^CALL
5 10 15
■LIBRARY 5TACK.
zi-o'x&go"
■21
20 2J JO 35
Fig. 324. LIBRARY FLOOR PLAN, SECOND STORY
SUPREME COURT AND LIBRARY BUILDING, SALEM, ORE.
W. ('. Knighton, Architect Miss Edna M. Hawley, Librarian
The library consists of one room with reading space in the center and a two-tier Snead Standard Stack
on either side. This allows readers to work among the books and gives a spacious architectural effect.
[ 24.S ]
SOCIETY AND
INSTITUTE LIBRARIES
NEW HAMPSHIRE HISTORICAL SOCIETY
HISPANIC SOCIETY OF AMERICA
AMERICAN GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY
RHODE ISLAND MEDICAL SOCIETY
BOSTON ATHENAEUM
PHILADELPHIA COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS
PHIPPS PSYCHIATRIC INSTITUTE
RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION BUILDING
MEDICAL AND CHIRURGICAL FACULTY OF MARYLAND
jz; ^ rt E- OJ -^
j_) -LJ g; "^ >-- ^
H
W
O
O
y
E
o
H
C/3
£
a.
S
<
X
2
lo o
0)
OJ
- > £
O ID [in
U
" 2 SP-c
O
ffl ^ ^ S
>2 o o
M
5 '^
a c
o -o o
00 c
0)
M -^ Ti CO cC (C
is
-e ••- TJ CO CD (0
= "! ■" ffl .5 S
' c S
OJ OJ c
" ^ —
S a-g
Q
«
O
U
Z
O
o
d
z
3
tD
CO » _g
iH cd -g
f- O P *"
o ^ CQ § ■£ ^
- -^ " _ 5
■ >i S Q.
I >1i
■s-g
5* cfl
= o
S^ R c
O)
'13
m ^ b r. - =§
(0 cd g (fl T3
c c :2
M 3 —
S 2 -P
cd tj ^
ca
i|
0)
I i £ i ^ °
-c -S -o ™ o
; IS
cd o
e
o _
O u
(A
s
o
t-. OJ
01
g: ^ grS
>. ^ ^ ^
3 re 11 3 _5>
3 « rf ■= -
S ^
3 3
' ^ M
■" o
E "
o c
O «J
o
S S5
S o oi -g S c
■^ «^ ^ - 1 -s
w be 3
2 .£ ^
§ S o ^
0) 13
.^ I
2 =
a i5
fc o
a.
0) OJ -^ ■ u
o ■•
w o S3 0,
2 -a c £
CO
IJ n
0) S
J= -a
bx) -
11
2" — >> - J=
.S CO J- M ■"
2^ 2^ t
■^ 5
■^•=12 s :5
■22 '5 o S E ^
jc be o iS o -c
H ^ S W 2 S
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 326. HISPANIC SOCIETY OF AMERICA, E. L. Stevenson, Secretary
AMERICAN NUMISMATIC SOCIETY, Bauman L. Belden, Director
Charles P. Huntington, Architect n^vv York City
Fig. .327. AMERICAN GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY, NEW YORK CITY
Charles P. Huntington, Architect D. Randall MacIver, Librarian
The three buildings illustrated on this page form a group on upper Broadway and 156th Street. They
were erected with funds given by Mr. Archer M. Huntington. Snead Standard Stacks are in use in
the Hispanic Society and Geographical Society buildings.
[ 251 ]
THE SNEAD AND COMPANY IRON WORKS, INC.
1
N"
,H^l^V^ ^t
IN
'_^
\'-\ '*F-f V
y
|- K. 329.
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
RHODE ISLAND MEDICAL SOCIETY, PROVIDENCE, R. I.
Clarke, Howe & Homer, Architects Dr. Geo. D. Hershey, Librarian
A three-tier Snead Standard Stack has been installed in the stack room and Snead
Standard wall shelving in the committee room on the first floor. Excepting the stack
room, the entire second story is devoted to an assembly hall, while the basement con-
tains a large lunch room and kitchen, book storage space and boiler room. An apart-
ment of four rooms and bath, with entrance hall connecting directly with the street
is located in the basement, below the stack room.
[ 252 ]
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
Fig. 330.
THIRD FLOOR PLAN
Fig. 33L
FIRST FLOOR PLAN
BOSTON ATHEN^UM, BOSTON, MASS.
BiGELOW & Wadsworth, Architects of remodeling Chas. K. Bolton, Librarian
In remodeling the building, the old alcove arrangement was retained but all wood stacks were
replaced by metal Snead Standard Stacks. New fireproof floors and windows were constructed
and all interior finish was made of noncombustible material. The architecture of the old building
has been followed in this new work.
[ 253
cn
5
2
j3
"5
re
a;
QJ
re
C
QJ
J2
T3
C
Bfl
.9
re
>
c
OJ
OJ
c
QJ
QJ
QJ
're
X
2
J
_c
%
H
r-,
=!
:r
f )
•c
QJ
bij
QJ
<
■n
>-
5
u
re
T3
QJ
Cd
a
're
re
re
QJ
>
QJ
C
QJ
C
QJ
C
e
c
T3
-^
3
e
s
re
<
U
QJ
<-*H
OJ
C
ri
0)
Dh
OJ
t-l
-^
OJ
s
re
CO
cd
C
g
.2
2
O
o
<
IE
o
ctf
CO
0)
&
c
s
QJ
&
en
OJ
QJ
OJ
-a
QJ
re
"re
QJ
re
s
b;
a
Q
-73
«
_o
-a
'•J
P
X
.S
bo
c
1
"to
m
n
n)
n
R
U^
w
u
2
<
2
o
J
o
o
^
g
§
<
a;
3
CO
y
X
(J
en
Qj
i
D
X
-a
c
cd
CS
e
"re
s
QJ
>
'bJb
OJ
3
're
a
c
_2
U
<
QJ
T
[_
t-l
3
0)
c«
n
tn
S
;-<
bc
c
1
QJ
g
K
CO
T3
QJ
r-
^
5
U
re
re
're
^
E
►J
w
<
g
G
<
cd
CO
cd
CO
"c3
uz:
Td
a;
QJ
&
3
re
£
re
i
QJ
r
CD
Qj
_QJ
tf3
QJ
re
E
'E
-]
H
E
JZ
5
"o
'S
re
B
0)
S
fS
CO
Oh
re
-1^
c
"re
[ft
QJ
u
QJ
re
r
S
s
X
;i
o
be
c
'bib
re
QJ
B
QJ
1
0)
0)
.£
i
1/}
<
z
<
PS
o
o
2
O
u
w
<.
OJ
<
1 ^
o
c
o
C3
-i2
^
•J
^
-C
o
<
1)
o
n<
0)
D
^
<
•s,
Q
^
?
§
s
C
O
o
o
en
W
>
H
cfi
(h
Q
M
i ,.
s
s
^
-o ^
W
77= ca
T '-^
o
J 8
^
^n
E C
■- 7i
H
J
<
'o C
CQ
a K
CQ
S a
Q
^
o —
Z
c
^^-^ c
■<
1^
OJ o
>-
1: c
<
-a
0)
II
— Vi
O
cr;
o
>
«
P E-
_aj
,1^ C
aj o
o
5 a
<;
2 ^
<
u
o
"- -r.
CJ
CT
a;
c:
^ "Vi
D
^ !^
«
f3 3
X
a
E ~
S
u
Oj
o ^
O Q
w
Q
M-H
>
<
o
c: [_'
H
z
o
<;
*^ ;/:
b.
Q
t; Cj
-3 "^
< .^ ^
W o .5
W H
OTHER SNEAD PRODUCTS
METAL AND GLASS MUSEUM CASES
STEEL STORAGE SHELVING
ARCHITECTURAL AND ORNAMENTAL IRON WORK
IRON CASTINGS
MACDONALD ROLLER RAMMING AND
PATTERN DRAWING MOLDING MACHINES
FOUNDRY EQUIPMENT
q
c
T3
IT
c
<a
rr
<i)
r
V
c
F
C/J
u
T1
Ch
o
o
tt!
bj
o
u
CO
-^
rt
^
O
0,
fc:
-a
a
3
(Zi "3
m O Oh
■" ^ —
C ^ c«
.2 o 'u
M-i
S g
-C CO
C CD J
O & CJ
■|||
o ^- o
cr
OJ
c
o ^
2 K
M
" r5 S
5 I' 3
CO -a -o
CO . o
H !3 ^
15 S- E
o
60
--1
<fi
X
'y,
,
IT
^
0)
OJ
O
j:
F=
^
o
c
O
^
OJ
o
n
-n
[rl
cu
tb
?;
o
nl
Q>
— '
^
a
o
o
Q
1;
c
to
a
'Si
'S,
03
T)
u
o;
bt _C
ec;
(J
Qj
.S
o
&£
tn
J
;:-
o
c
jji
CJ
o
<:
o
[m
^
,. 1
T^
OJ
OJ
o
H
-C
'OJ
<
V)
0;
U
'a
be
C'3
Ol
?^
o
^
"o
1j
e
fcj
_c
c
X
>
^
CJ
n
cd
(1*
u.
u.
u
>
O
Ch
?.
>i
J
o
a ^
w
0)
w
T3
H
OJ
c«
■^
s
o
o
a
o
V
n:;
1i P
60
H <u
'^^ -D T3 S
o
3
^
"o
en
"3
bc
en
N
'tn
C
g
C
>
13
tn
O
^
^
(-4
0)
en
u
'l^
<D
Q
^
-a
-M
o
Cd
s
D
-C
n
M-l
3
■n
cd
\i
>,
en
a.
>>
H
>i
OJ
r!
"5)
0)
c
0)
rt
13
<
^
en
E
o
o
1
3
O
t-i
B
o
1
1
en
3
1;
en
T1
nl
2
cd
QJ
o
-C
en
C
0)
*S
O
-^3
en
"ca
>
0)
c
bo
n
c
3
o
-2
bc
W
<
0)
CJ
CO
&
CO
C
E
5=!
0)
0)
13
J2
>
c
o
o
OS
bo
C
-a
cd
en
E
Eh
C
cd
at
en
cd
<
O
H
bjO
>
en
>
en
-a
cd
en
0)
bjD
C
cd
u
Q>
OJ
c
s
a.
.2
3
tn
U
a.
en
>
-C
en
5
O
1j
en
C
o
en
CO
U
H
E
1>
j::
cd
cd
CO
CO
QJ
bfi
e5
o
Cd
u
X
o
H
en
0)
(h
u
60
fS
bC
0)
1
s
QJ
en
cd
=«
. 2
d 2
H
J
w
w
H
Q
<
W
2;
en
■5
"TS"
QJ
QJ
o
en
■s
3
QJ
4
CuU
1
en
bX)
3
CO
en
-n
bC
en
3
3
72
QJ
be
3
^
P
3
3
(h
O
ex:
>-,
O
en
QJ
be
o;
OJ
H
QJ
CO
bj3
QJ
CO
en
QJ
bjD
-^3
OJ
^-1
CO
en
T3
(h
CD
"be
.S
'en
C
en
"t3
QJ
-T!
be
c
*>
1j
_c
en
en
1
QJ
tj
4S
1o
en
en
O
E
a:
n
en
QJ
C
r/T
CO
QJ
H
cd
QJ
>«
QJ
3
en
QJ
[-1
be
-a
QJ
QJ
o
CO
bb
3 2^
ra -a c
E ^ ■=
— s "
P 2 5
j5 "a "^ -° -S
C.2 bp „ S
S':^
ra ^ > 4d 6 «
E i ii
(1) -'-' _
Jc QJ '^ -3
a. <i. -a ^
r
^
QJ
CO
0,
tn
OJ
-1
-n
-r
cd
^ -C 01 .i!
^ CO CQ
LIBRARY PLANNING, BOOKSTACKS AND SHELVING
r
Fig. 342. SNEAD MEDICAL MUSEUM CASE, (Style M-1) McGILL UNIVERSITY, MONTREAL
Sloping glass top case of metal construction. See also pages 82, 89 and 100. Upright cases of steel
or bronze, with hinged or sliding doors and steel or glass adjustable shelves are also furnished, according
to standard designs or to meet special requirements. Special attention is given to securing the maximum
glass area, an attractive appearance, simple, durable construction and thorough protection from dust.
Fig. 343. SNEAD STEEL SHELVING, PUBLIC SCHOOL No. 108, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
The uprights are pressed into three-quarter inch beads along front and back edges to secure the requisite
stiffness and to form a smooth surface of contact for the books. The shelves are adjusted at any re-
quired interval by means of bolts passing through the webs of the uprights.
[ 261
GENERAL INDEX
WITH PRINCIPAL PAGE REFERENCES
See also "Buildings Illuslniled" and "Architects Represented" which follow.
Page
Accommodations for books 104
Accommodations for readers 105
Adjustment slots (Bracket Stack) 60
Adjustment teeth 18, 19, 20
Air space under stack room 81
Aisles; blind, 67; main, 72; minor, 72; length of, 67; width
of 67, 72
Alcoves 109, 110, 253
Alcove system of storage 104
Aluminum bronze 31
American Numismatic Society 251
Amherst College Library 11
Architect and librarian, relation between 110
Architectural effects subordinate to arrangement and con-
venience 108
Artificial illumination an economic advantage 118
Artificial lighting 91, 115
Astor Library, New York City 104, 109
Atmospheric conditions, rules for proper 94
Avery Architectural Library, Columbia University 104
Back clips 59
Back stop 28, 59
Baked enamels 31
Base boards. Fitting stack around 33, 73
Basement under stack room 81
Base plate (Bracket Stack) 60
Bates Hall, Boston 109
Beebe carbo-gasoline method of fumigation 95
Birkmire, William H 18
Bookledge; portable, 28, 59; stationary 36, 70
Booklifts 96, 212
Books the principal weight factor of stack 83
Bookstack; definition of, 13; bookstack fittings, 56; with
glass doors, 42; with wire mesh doors 42
Bookstack Principles 12
Book supports 56
Boston Athena;um 11, 109
Boston Public Library; old building, 109; new building. . . 110
Bottom floors 47
Bracing angle (Bracket Stack) 60
Bracing of stack 75
Bracket Stack, 16, 61; Standard vs. Bracket Stack, 66;
weight compared with Snead Standard Stack, 83;
reset on Standard Stack 192, 230
British Museum, London 67, 105
Build too large rather than too small Ill
Page
Carbon lamps 91
Card frames; brass, hanging, ornamental bronze, provision
for 57
Cast iron; its characteristics, 18; its advantages over steel,
18; opportunities offered by use of, 39; cast iron cor-
nice and base, 45, 55; Cast Iron Bracket Stack 65
Cast iron and steel construction 26, 77
Capacity; of library building, 108; of shelves, 71; of stack,
per square foot per tier 108
Cataloging room built into stack 79, 199, 200
Chair rails. Fitting stack around 73
Chain pull switches 91
Cincinnati Public Library 13, 104, 109
Circulation of books in a small library Ill
Classic design range fronts 23, 25
Closed end (Bracket Stack) 60
College, School and Seminary Libraries 159
Colonial design range fronts 22, 24
Columbia design range fronts 22, 24
Columbia University Library, reading room 105
Combination alcove, open shelf and stack system 105
Commercial use of Snead Standard Stack 36
Commissions for architects, engineers and expert librar-
ians 106
Committee rooms 106
Comparative weight of Snead Standard Stack and
bracket stack construction 83
Compartment 19
Competitions for library buildings 106
Conduits; electrical, 72, 93, 101; carried by stack cover
plate 91
Concentrated loads in a stack room 77
Concrete floors 47
Connecting knee 20, 21
Considerations in planning Ill
Construction views of Snead Standard Stack, 17, 78, 80, 81, 158
Consulting expert 106
Consulting table around bookstack 245
Continuous newels for stack stairs 48
Control of lights; chain pulls, 91; gang switches, 93;
hinged bar switches, 92; push button, 91; tassel
switches, 93; "timedimit" switches 93
Corridors and communications 108
Cornices; cast iron cornice, 41, 45; depth of cornices, 72;
removable steel cornices, 34, 44; unit system cornice
cover plate, 20, 21, 35, 45; cornice cover plate 44
Cost; of housing books, 117; of interest and maintenance
[ 263 ]
GENERAL INDEX
Page
of Library Building, 117; of a Library Building, 117;
in relation to its seating capacity for readers, 117; in
relation to volume capacity, 117; reducing initial cost,
102; of upkeep of a Library Building, 117; costs of
Library Buildings 121
Counter with shelving 245
Curb angle 19, 20, 21, 28
Dampness, Guarding against 81, 100
Dark stacks 118
Daylight, Irregularities of 15
Dead loads of stack 83
Deck floors, 13; Continuous 70
Deck flooring 13, 19, 20, 21, 28, 46
Deck framing 46
Deck slit; horizonal, 19, 20, 28; vertical (protected), 13,
20, 68, 69; widths of 68
Design of exterior of library building Ill
Desk, Snead Standing 41
Detroit Public Library 109
Diagonal bracing (Bracket Stack) 60
Diaphragm 19, 20, 21, 28
Division of library in Lincoln Hall, University of 111 178
Doors, automatically closing 15
Double-faced ranges 18
Ducts, electrical 72, 93
Dust carried by air currents in stack 68
Dust collecting surfaces reduced to a minimum 54
Electricity 91
Electric wiring, Placing contract for 93
Electrical work; horizontal conduits in stack, 72; electrical
work in stack, 46, 102; switch boxes in stack, 72; ver-
tical ducts in stack 72
Enclosed stack analagous to an ice house 118
End shelf support (see range front).
Engineering problems should be taken up with stack manu-
facturer 79
Exhibition cases 82, 89, 100, 261
Expansion, provision for 73, 101, 102
Extension of building 112
Fascias 50, 51
Fees for architects, engineers and expert librarians 106
Filler bar 21
Finish on stack work; bronze, 31, 39; special, 39; on fixed
parts, 31; on metal work, 31; on movable parts, 31;
on one tier stacks, 33; for newspaper stacks 53
Fire, Danger of in a bookstack 119
Fireproofing in a bookstack 82
Fire and dust stops 15, 68
Fittings, Bookstack 56
Fixed stack members 15
Flanged cover plates 15, 44
Floor angle 19 21
Floor tee 19, 20, 21
Floors, 46; thickness of deck floors, 72; glass, 72; marble,
72; slate 72
Footings Under Stack; continuous, separate, uniform
settlement of 81
Foundations 81
Page
Fumigation, Adaptability of Snead Standard Stacks to.. . 95
Fumigation of individual volumes 95
Gang switches 93
Gas, use of in a library 91
Gilman Hall, Text relative to 161
Glass floors 46, 47
Gore Hall, 11; stack in Gore Hall, 12: in course of demol-
ition 75
Gothic design range fronts 23, 191
Green, Bernard R Frontispiece, 11, 12, 118
Growth; provision for in a library building, 108; provision
for in a bookstack (three methods) 101
Guard railings 19, 48
Hamlin, A. D. F 103
Harper Memorial Library, Text relative to 165
Hebraica, collection of rare, in United States 183
Heating of library building 115
Heating and ventilating; of a library building, 106; of a
stack room, 94; ducts, 79; Library of Congress system, 94
Heavy stack construction 84
Hinged bar control for electric lights 92, 93
Holes for attachment of future deck framing. . . 22, 23, 34, 44
Horn locks, 19, 20, 28; tests on 30
Imitation finish on a bookstack 31
Indicators, for tiers, sections and ranges 58
Insects destructive to books 95
Interior arrangement of a library building should be
planned before the exterior 108
Intermediate shelf support, (see partition ); section through
steel, 16; intermediate support, (Bracket Stack) .... 60
Inspection and tests of shelf supports 26
Junction box. Electrical 22
Kidder's Architects' and Builders' Pocket Book 18
Koch, Theodore W 109
Label holders 58
Laying out a stack room 67
Layout of ranges 12, 13, 67
Lecture room 114
Ledge; portable, 28, 59; stationary 36, 70
Ledge ranges 36, 70
Librarian and architect, Relation between 110
Library bookstack in the dark 118
Library Buildings, Plans and Interiors 127
Library of Congress; stack competition, 12; dark stack, 118;
longitudinal section of North stack, 14; plan of North
stack, 14; reading room, 105, 107; stacks in the
Library of Congress, 12; text relative to, 131; trans-
verse section of North stack 15
Library Planning 103
Light weight stack construction 84
Lighting; of a library building, 105, 114; of a reading room, 105
Lighting of a stack room, 87, 91; artificial lighting, 91,
115; natural lighting, 87; aids to natural lighting .... 89
Lights, Spacing of 93
Live loads on stacks 83
Location; of library building, 112; of branch buildings.. . . 117
Lock sockets (electrical) 91
Low cases for children's room 42
[ 264 ]
GENERAL INDEX
Page
Magazine case 40
Main corridors 13
Main floor of building 108
Marble floors ,|,Q
Marble tile floors 47
Materials of stack construction 13
Mechanical ventilation of a library building 115
Medium weight stack construction 84
Metal museum cases 82, 89, 100, 261
Mezzanine floor 202, 222
Monumental Libraries 129
Museum cases 82, 89, 100, 162
Natural lighting of a stack room 87
Newels, Continuous 48
Newspapers; ancient blanket sheets, 53; storage of bound
newspapers Ill
Newspaper counter 245
Newspaper shelves 52
Newspaper Stack, 52; Snead Unit System 53
Newspaper Volumes; accommodation for a small number
of, 53; sizes of 52
New York Public Library, 110; interesting features of plan,
139; text relative to 139
Open Bar shelf, plan and section 15
Open Bar shelves (see Shelves)
Open construction 13
Open end (Bracket Stack) 60
Open shelf principle 234
Open shelf system 104
Ornamental lamps and gates 258
Ornamental railings 48, 50, 51
Parliamentary and State Libraries 241
Partial equipment, 101, 102 and 55, 82, 165, 172, 177, 201,
205, 213, 223, 228, 229, 256
Partitions, 18, 19, 20, 21; section through cast iron, 15;
section through cast iron and steel, 26, 77; thickness
of, 72; used instead of range fronts, 172; partition
stool 21
Peabody Library, Baltimore, Md 104
Periodical case 40
Planning a Library Building (with special reference to
bookstacks) 109
Plans and unit weights of bookstacks 84
Portable book ledge 28, 59
Preliminaries to building 106
Preserving newspaper files 52
Prices of stacks 73
Prism glass 89
Principles in library construction, elementary 108
Provisions for expansion in a stack room 73
Provision for growth, (three methods) 101
Provision for the staff 106
Public Libraries 197
Public rooms 108
Push button switches 92, 93
Radcliffe Library, Oxford 105
Radial bookstacks 13, HI, 202, 203
Railings 48, 50, 51
Page
Range, definition of 13
Range front; section through cast iron, 15; section through
cast iron and steel 26, 77
Range fronts, 18, 19, 20, 21; stock patterns and standard
sizes of, 22, 23; thickness of, 72; width of 22, 23
Range front stool 21
Ranges; length of, 72; location of, 88; sizes to use, 68;
width of 72
Reading room 105, 114
Reflectors 91
Reinick, Wilham R 95
Removable steel cornice 34, 44, 102
Reusing old stack 75, 181
Requisites for proper book storage 12
Roller cases g7
Roller shelves 52
Rolling ladder 36
Rooms and oflices open to the public 108
Scientific Library Planning I13
Section through; cast iron range front, 15; cast iron par-
tition, 15; cast iron and steel range front, 26, 77; cast
iron and steel partition, 26, 77; sheet steel shelf sup-
port, 16; Snead Standard Stack, 19, 20, 21, 28; verti-
cal (protected) deck slit, 13; Tubular Steel Bracket
Stack 60
Seminar room 149
Shelf bracket (Bracket Stack) 60
Shelf compartment 19
Shelf adjustment horn lock 28
Shelf adjustment teeth 18, 19, 20
Shelf pins, 28, 30; tests on shelf pins 30
Shelf supports (see Range fronts), 15, 18, 19, 21; strength
of, 75; tests on, 26; thickness of 72
Shelf support (Bracket Stack) 60
Shelves, 15; adjustable, 20, 21; finish on shelves, 28; fixed
bottom shelf, 20, 21, 28; fixed bottom shelf or dia-
phragm, 19, 20, 21, 28; fixed bottom shelf as a fire and
dust stop, 28; fixed bottom shelf, height from deck,
72; interchangeability of regular and over-size shelves,
68, 69; length of shelves, 67, 72; open bar shelf vs.
roller shelf, 53; open bar newspaper shelf. Advantages
of, 52; — open bar shelves; chart showing deflection of,
30; excessive weight on, 29; with deep bars, 29; dust
on open bar shelves, 27; extensive use of, 28; plan of,
15; flexibility of, 27; section through, 15, 28; table of
weights and deflections for, 30; tests on, 29; "over-
size" shelves, 29, 68, 69;— Solid plate shelf, 28; wide
bottom fixed shelf, 69, 80; width and capacity of, 71;
wood shelves 11, 27
Shelving for small libraries 33
Single-faced ranges 18
Sizes of bound newspaper volumes 52
Sizes, Standards for bookstack work 72
Skylights 15, 106
Slate floors 47
Slit windows 87
Sloping shelves 40
Snead products, other than bookstacks 257
[ 265 ]
GENERAL INDEX
Page
Society and Institute Libraries 249
Solid paneled design range fronts 23, 25
Some essentials of Library Design 103
Spacing of lights in bookstack 93
Special construction of stacks 73
Special designs of stacks 18
Special finishes on stacks 39
Special shelving 39
Spiral stairs 48, 246
Springfield City Library 113
Stack; a self supporting structure, 75; bracing of, 75; carry-
ing floor above, 24, 76, 78, 79, 211, 214, 220, 225, 227,
243; carrying roof above 75, 77, 238; carrying
superimposed loads, 75; enclosed stack analagous to
an ice house, 118; stack engineering, 75; floors, 46;
heights of, 72; in temporary quarters, 247; stack de-
signs other than Snead, 16; stack room walls, 86;
stack system, 104; stack weights, 83; stock patterns and
standard sizes, 22, 23; suspended from roof trusses,
76, 77; tiers 13
Stairs and railings 48, 72
Stair treads 48
Stairway between ranges 49
Standing desk 41
Star Column Bracket Stack 63
Steel office shelving 43, 259, 260, 261
Stiffening rib 19
Stools 20, 21
Standard dimensions 72
Standards, Established manufacturing, for stack work ... 73
Standard vs. Bracket Stack 66
Steel book supports 56
Steel shelving 259, 260, 261
Storage of maps and prints 39
Story heights 1.52, 173, 205
Straight stairs 46
Strength of shelf supports 13
Study alcoves built in stack 155, 156
Study tables near windows 172
Surgeon General's Library 11
Suspended cases 67
Suspended stack 76, 77
Switch boxes, Electrical 22, 72, 92
Table of bookstack weights 85
Tall ranges 36
Tassel switches 93
Teeth of shelf supports 18
Temporary struts 102
Terrazzo floors 47
Tests; on horn locks, 29; on Open Bar shelves, 29; on shelf
pins, 29; on shelf supports 26
The modern bookstack 11
Thorough ventilation around books .54
Page
Three fundamental elements of a library 103
Tier heights, 20, 21, 74; height of building floors in rela-
tion to tier heights 74, 152, 173, 205
Tie channel (Bracket Stack) 60
Tier, section and range indicators 58
Tilton, Edward L 113
"Time-limit" switches 93, 118
Top angles 45
Top clearance 45
Top finish 44
Trustees' room 106
Tubular Steel Bracket Stack 60, 61
Tungsten lamp 91
Type storage cases 260
Underground bookstacks 100
Uniform settlement of stack and wall footings 81
Unique features of Snead Standard Stack 16
Unit weights of Snead Standard Stack 83, 84, 85
Unit System base and cornice 35, 55
Unit System cornice cover plate 35, 45
University Club Library, New York City 104
University of Michigan Library 11, 76, 77
Vacant shelf room Ill
Value of competent librarian when planning 112
Ventilation; of a stack room, 94; of a library building, 106, 115
Vertical (protected) deck slit 13, 20, 68, 69
Volumes per foot of shelving 71
"Wall brackets 81
•Wall end 19
Walls of a stack room 86
Ware, William R 11, 104
Ware & Van Brunt 11
Weight; books the principal factor of stack weight, 83;
comparative weight of Standard and Bracket Stacks,
83; of books, 83, 84; of deck-framing, 83; of glass floor-
ing, 84; of marble flooring, 84; of slate flooring, 84;
of "heavy" stack construction, 84; of "medium" stack
construction, 84 ; of "light" stack construction, 84 ;
of shelf supports and shelves, 84 ; of stacks, 83, 85 ;
table of bookstack weights 85
Widener Memorial Library, Text relative to 153
Width of bays 115
Width and capacity of shelves 71
Windows; hermetically sealed windows, 15, 94; window
guards, 19, 48; location of windows, 108; of reading
rooms, 105; of stack room, 87, 88, 168; position of
stack room windows 88
Winsor, Justin 11
Wire book supports 56
Wire mesh doors 42
Wood graining 31
Working rooms 114
[ 266 ]
BUILDINGS ILLUSTRATED
HAVING SNEAD STACK INSTALLATIONS
Page
Akron, Ohio, Public Library
Stack room 97
Alberta Parliamentary Buildings, Edmonton, Alberta
Bookstack 36
Newspaper stack 55
American Circulating Library, Manila, P. L
Stack room 37
American Geographical Society, New York City
Exterior 251
Stack room 90
American Type Founders Co., Jersey City, N. J.
Type storage cases 260
Andover-Harvard Theological Seminary, Cambridge, Mass.
Exterior 170
Stack room 170
Commons Hall 170
Plan 171
Arkansas State Capitol
Exterior 246
Supreme Court library room 246
Bangor, Maine, Public Library
Stack room 101, 102
Exterior 228
Plan 228
Beverly, Mass., Public Library
Exterior 212
Stack room 212
Plans 213
Bibliotheque St-Sulpice, Montreal, Quebec
Stack in course of construction 17
Exterior 198
Plans 199
Sections 200
Boston Atheuceum, Boston, Mass.
Newspaper stacks 54
Old reading room 110
Plans 253
Boston, Mass., Public Library
Exterior, entrance detail 258
British Columbia Parliament Buildings, Victoria, B. C.
Exterior 242
Plan 243
Plans of library wing 243
Brookline, Mass., Public Library
Stack room 76
Exterior 210
Delivery room 210
Plans 211
Brooklyn, N. Y., Public School, No. 108
Steel Shelving 261
Page
Carroll Park Branch Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Exterior 233
Plan 233
Cassella Color Co., New York City
Steel office shelving 259
Coast Artillery Training School, Fort Monroe, Va.
Exterior 193
Plan 193
Coburn Free Library, Owego, N. Y.
Stack room 77
College of Physicians, Philadelphia, Pa.
Stack room 25
Exterior 254
Plan 254
Columbia University, New York City
Exterior 148
Seminar room 149
Plans 150, 151
Davis Memorial Library, Phillips Exeter Academy,
Exeter, N. H.
Exterior 188
Plan 188
Delaware State Capitol
Stack room 24, 49
Denver, Colo., Public Library
Stack room 49, 74
Stack room and delivery desk 208
Exterior 208
Plans 209
Dropsie College Library, Philadelphia, Pa.
Exterior 186
Elizabeth, N. J., Public Library
Stack room 92
Exterior 220
Plan 220
Evanston, 111., Public Library
Exterior 222
Plan 222
Exeter, N. H., Public Library
Stack room 61
Fall River, Mass., Public Library
Exterior 201
Plan 201
Ferguson Memorial Library, Stamford, Conn.
Exterior 224
Plan 224
Frances Folsom Cleveland Lib., Wells College, Aurora,N.Y.
Exterior 184
Stack room 184
Plans 185
[ 267 ]
BUILDINGS ILLUSTRATED
Page
Gary, Ind., Public Library
Exterior 214
Stack room 214
Plans 215
Gilman Hall, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.
Exterior 160
Plans 162, 163
Harper Memorial Library, University of Chicago
Stack room 92, 167
Exterior 164
Plans 166
Hartford Medical Society, Hartford, Conn.
Periodical case 40
Hebrew Union College Library, Cincinnati, Ohio
Exterior 182
Plan 182
Hispanic Society of America, New York City
Exterior 251
Indiana State Normal School Library, Terre Haute, Ind.
Exterior 181
Plan 181
Iowa State Teachers' College, Cedar Falls, Iowa
Exterior 179
Plan 179
Iowa State University Law Library, Iowa City, Iowa
Main reading room 195
Plan 195
Jewish Theological Seminary, New York City
Exterior 183
Plans 183
Kent Hall, Columbia University Law School, N. Y. City
Exterior 169
Krauth Memorial Lib., Lutheran Theo. Sem., Mt. Airy, Pa.
Exterior 180
Plan 180
Library of Congress
Sections, north stack 14, 15
Newspaper stack room 54
View in northwest court 88
Stack room 90, 137
Reading room 107
Southeast court stack under construction 119
Exterior 130
Plans 132, 133, 134, 135
Section 136
Library of Hawaii, Honolulu, P. I.
Stack room 24
Exterior 227
Plan 227
Library of the Philippines and Bureau of Education,
Manila, P. I.
Sliding wire door case 42
Louis George Branch Library, Kansas City, Mo.
Exterior 234
Stack and reading room 234
Plans 235
Louisville, Ky., Public Library
Exterior 216
Plan 216
Page
Loyola University Library, New Orleans. La.
Exterior 191
Interior, showing bookstack 191
McGill University Medical Museum, Montreal
Medical museum case 261
Manchester, N. H., Public Library
Exterior 218
Plan 218
Mason Library, Great Barrington, Mass.
Exterior 229
Plan 229
Medical and Chirurgical Faculty, Baltimore, Md.
Stack room 64
Exterior 256
Plan 256
Moose Jaw, Sask., Public Library
Exterior 226
Stack room 226
Multnomah County Public Library, Portland, Ore.
Exterior 204
Plans 205
New Hampshire Historical Society, Concord, N. H.
Main reading room 38
Newspaper room 55
Exterior 250
New Rochelle, N. Y., Public Library
Plans 219
Newtown, Pa., Public Library
Exterior 239
Plan 239
N. Y. O. & W. Ry. Offices, Grand Central Sta., N. Y. City
Steel shelving 260
New York Public Library
Technology room 10
Reading room for the blind 32
Children's room 33, 42
Sliding shelves in stack room 39
Patents room 40
Science room 48
Stack room during construction 78, 81
Stack room 79, 146
Rear view 87
Exterior 138
Plans 140, 141, 142, 143
Section 144
Reading room 145
Genealogy room 147
Ohio State University Library, Columbus, Ohio
Stack room prepared for expansion 82
Stack room 172
Exterior 172
Plans 173
Ontario Parliament Buildings, Toronto, Ont.
Assistant Librarian's office 41
View of stack 70
Exterior of library wing 244
Plan of library wing 244
General view of bookstack 245
View in librarian's office 245
[ 268 ]
BUILDINGS I
Pace
Ottawa, Ont., Public Library
Stack room 230
Plan 230
Pacific Branch Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Exterior 232
Plan 232
Phipps Psychiatric Institute, Baltimore, Md.
Library 43
Exterior 255
Proctor, Vt., Public Library
Delivery room and stack 237
Exterior 237
Purdue University Library, Lafayette, Ind.
Exterior 174
Main reading room 174
Plans 175
Putnam's G. P. Sons' Book Store, New York City
Interior 36
Regina, Sask., Public Library
Exterior 223
Plan 223
Rhode Island Medical Society, Providence, R. I.
Committee room 37
Exterior 252
Plan 252
Russell Sage Foundation Building, New York City
Exterior 255
St. Charles Theological Seminary, Overbrook, Pa.
Interior of library 91, 177
Exterior 176
Plan of library wing 177
St. Elizabeth's College Library, Convent Station, N. J.
Exterior 186
St. Paul, Minn., Public Library
Exterior 221
Plan 221
SchauflRer Memorial Library, Mt. Hermon, Mass.
Exterior 190
Plan 190
Somerville Mass., Public Library
Plans 225
Southboro, Mass., Public Library
Exterior 236
Plan 236
Springfield, Mass., City Library
Exterior 202
Rice Hall and delivery desk 202
Stack room 202
Plans 203
Supreme Court and Library Building, Salem, Ore.
Exterior 248
Plan 248
LLUSTRATED
Page
Syracuse, N. Y., Public Library
Plans 240
Toronto, Ont., Public Reference Library
Exterior 206
Plan 207
Union Theological Seminary, New York City
Exterior 168
United Engineering Societies, New York City
Reading room 105
University of Illinois, Law Library, Urbana, 111.
Stack room 65
University of Illinois, Lincoln Hall, Urbana, 111.
Seminar room 25
Exterior 178
Plan 178
University of Michigan Library, Ann Arbor, Mich.
Stack room 76
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C.
Exterior 194
Plan 194
University of Tennessee Library, Knoxville, Tenn.
Plans 196
Van Wickle Memorial Library, Lafayette College,
Easton, Pa.
Exterior 192
Plan 192
Victoria College Library, Toronto, Ont.
Exterior 189
Plan 189
Washington, D. C, Public Library
Exterior 217
Plan 217
Whitinsville, Mass., Public Library
Exterior 238
Plan 238
Widener Memorial Library, Harvard University
Steel shelving 43
Constructional model of stack 69
Stack room during construction 80
Exterior 152
Plans 154, 155, 156, 157
Exterior during construction 158
Williams Memorial Library, Trinity College, Hartford
Conn.
Plans 187
Williamsburg Branch Library, Brooklyn, N. Y.
Exterior 231
Plan 231
Wisconsin State Capitol
Supreme Court Library 41
Exterior 247
Stack in library 247
[ 269 ]
ARCHITECTS REPRESENTED
ARCHITECTS OF BUILDINGS HAVING SNEAD STACK INSTALLATIONS
[PARTIAL LIST]
Page
Alexander & Sons, J. F 181
Allen & Collens 168, 170, 172
Almirall, Raymond F 232
Angell & Swift 123
Astle & Page 123
Atterbury, Grosvenor 255
Barber, Donn 122
Baily & Bassett 123
Bates, Charles W 124
Beman, S. S 122
Bigelow & Wadsworth 253, 123
Bixby, C. W 123
Blakley, Richard R 125
Blanchard & Barnes 229
Bragdon, Claude 122
Brainerd & Leeds 123
Brown & Vallance 125
Brunner, Arnold W 183
Campbell, John 125
Carrcre & Hastings 138
Cass, Alfred Cookman 236
Casey, Edward P 130
Chalmers, J., Structural Engineer 36
Chapman, A. H 206
Chapman & McGiffin 125
Clarke, Howe & Homer 252
Clark & Russell 123
Cleveland & Godfrey 124
Cope & Stewardson 254, 123
Cram, Goodhue & Ferguson 188, 201
Cutting, A. P 122
Davis, Seymour 125
I )ay, Frank Miles & Bro 123
De Buys, Churchill & Labouisse 191
Doyle, Patterson & Beach 204
Edwards, W. A 124
Eidlitz, Cyrus L. W 122
Eidlitz & MacKenzie 121
Ellicott & Emmart 256
Ellis, A. Raymond 40
Fassett, F. H 123
Fechheimer, A. Lincoln 182
Ferry & Clas 124
Francis, H. M 123
Francis, H. M. & Son 123
Furness & E\ ans 123
Gardener, H. Sumner 122
Gilbert, Cass 212, 246
Guilbert & Betelle 123
Gildersleeve, Raleigh C 123
Page
Goetze, F. A., Consulting Engineer 169
Goodrich, Lewis 124
Gouinlock, George VV 244
Green, Bernard R., Engineer 130
Haight, Charles C 122
Hanaford & Sons, Samuel 124
Harris & Richards 176, 192
Hodges, Chas. Edward 125
Hodgson, Bates & Butler 125
Hood & Scott 125
Horwood, Edgar L 230
Howe, Hoit & Cutler 125
Howes & Morse 121
Hunt, Jarvis 124
Huntington, Chas. P 251
Jamieson, James P 124, 125
Kahn, Albert 124
Kerr, H. L 125
King, Beverly S 184
Knighton, W. C 125, 248
La Farge & Morris 187
Link, Theodore C 125
Litchfield, Electus D '. 221, 224
Little & Browne 123
Loring & Phipps 123
Lowell, Guy 250
Ludlow & Peabody 124
Lyall, Earl Harvey 122
MacLean & Wright 125
Maginnis & Walsh 186
Mahoney, W. A 125
Mauran & Russell 125
McKim, Mead & White 148, 169, 258, 121
Maxwell, Edward & W. S 125
Milburn, Frank P. & Co 194
Miller, Wm. H 122
Moore, Geo. A 122
Murphy, Hindle & Wright 123
Meyers, E. C 124
Nelson & Van Wagenen 122
O'Connor, Geo. E 125
Orchard, Lansing & Jorolemon 122
Parish & Schroeder 190, 122
Parker, Thomas & Rice 160
Patton & Miller 174, 196
Payette, Eugene 198
Peabody, Arthur 124
Peabody & Stearns 228
Peene, A. W 125
Perkins & Betton 123
[ 270 ]
ARCHITECTS REPRESENTED
Pacr
Phillips, Chas. A 222
Pilcher & Tachau 186, 216, 123
Poggi, C. Godfrey 122
Poindexter, W. M 124
Post, Geo. B. & Sons 247
Preacher, C. Lloyd 124
Proudfoot, Bird & Rawson 179, 195
Randall, James A 240
Rankin, Kellog & Crane, 121
Rattenbury, F. M; 242
Reid & McAlpine 226
Reinhold, Henry L., Jr 239
Renwick, Aspinwall & Owen 122
Richardson, H. H 123
Richardson & Salter 124
Rogers, James Gamble and Chas. A. Phillips 222
Ross, Albert Randolph, . 208, 217, 219
Rotch & Tilden 61
Shepley, Rutan & Coolidge 164, 123
Smith, Alex. F 123
Smith, Chas. A 234
Smithmeyer & Pelz and Edward P. Casey 130
Sproatt & Rolph 189
Stevens, Col. W. L 124
Storey & Van Egmond 223
Stewardson & Page 123
Page
Sturgis, R. Clipston 210, 238, 122
Tackett, Wm. Albert 124
Teague, J. C 124
Tilton, Edward 1 49, 202, 218, 220, 225, 123, 124, 125
Tracy, Swartwout & Litchfield 224
Trowbridge & Livingston 121
Trumbauer, Horace 152
Tubby & Bro., Wm. B 2.33
U. S. Supervising Architect 122
Verplank, J 124
Walker, Harry Leslie .184, 237
Walker & Morris 231
Warner, J. Foster 122
Watson & Huckel 180
Weary, Frank 97
Wheaton, Francis B 193
White, H. P 123
White, James M 178, 124
Whitfield, Henry D 214, 227, 123
Wickson & Gregg and A. H. Chapman 206
Wilkinson, Henry Wilhelm 122
Wilson, H. NeiU 123
Wilson, Harris & Richards 123
Windrim, J. T 123
Yost & Packard 124
Zeitel, Julius P 125
[ 271 ]
iiliPliili
m
.'il-' liiill:
Mmu'
lliiliijjiil
|lf|ilj|iii|||jj|iilipi|ii
iiiiiiiiiilil:
m''^
iiiiiiwwii
'mm
if!?!?!?!'
mm^i
mmim lU
iliiiiilt
;i^iiiiHn■^
.;;iHii!5JM